2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1679 2004/07/30 18:03:07 ca Exp $
5 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7 summary of the changes in that release.
9 8.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30
10 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
11 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
12 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
13 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
14 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
15 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
16 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
17 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
18 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted
20 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
21 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
22 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
23 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith.
24 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
25 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
26 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
27 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
28 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
29 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
30 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
31 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given
32 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
33 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
34 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
36 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
37 is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
39 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem
41 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown.
42 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
43 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown.
44 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
45 incompatibilities with various *roff related
46 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
50 8.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20
51 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
52 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section
53 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
54 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
56 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
57 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
58 of RUS University of Stuttgart.
59 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
60 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
61 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
62 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows
63 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
64 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP
65 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
66 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
67 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
68 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
69 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
70 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
71 of cf/README for more information.
72 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
73 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on
75 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
76 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
77 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over
78 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
80 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
81 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
82 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
83 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
84 done for too many bad SMTP commands.
85 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
86 maintains the number of incoming connections per client
87 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
88 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used
89 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
90 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
91 determines the length of the interval for which the
92 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from
93 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
94 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
95 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
96 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
97 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
98 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
99 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554
100 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
101 during that connection.
102 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
103 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on
104 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
105 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
106 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
107 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
108 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
109 misinterpret it as a permanent error.
110 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
111 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase
112 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
113 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
114 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
115 header, whether provided by the client or generated by
117 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
118 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
119 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
121 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done
122 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
123 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
124 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
125 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
126 for a discussion of the implications of this, including
127 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
128 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
129 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
130 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters
131 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
132 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If
133 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
134 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted
136 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined
137 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
138 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue
139 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
140 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
141 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL
142 operates on lost queue items.
143 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
144 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
145 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
146 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
147 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
149 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
150 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information.
151 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
152 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
154 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
155 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
156 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will
157 be used for the quarantine reason.
158 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
159 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
160 message if it is quarantined.
161 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
162 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
163 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
164 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
165 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
166 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
167 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same
168 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
169 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
170 recipients received so far in a transaction.
171 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
172 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem
173 noted by Kai Schlichting.
174 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
175 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is
176 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
177 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe
178 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
179 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
180 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of
182 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
183 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of
185 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
186 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
187 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
188 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo
189 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
190 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
191 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills
192 of the University of Manitoba.
193 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
194 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
195 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
197 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a
198 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
199 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
200 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
201 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
202 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
203 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
204 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
205 overwrite each other's pid files.
206 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
207 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe
208 Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
209 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
210 LogLevel 12 or higher.
211 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
212 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
213 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
214 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
215 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
216 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
217 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
218 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck
220 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
221 CheckpointInterval on the command line.
222 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
223 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
224 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
225 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
226 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn
227 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
228 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
229 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
230 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called
231 out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
232 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
233 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for
235 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
236 the indicated log file instead of stdout.
237 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
238 queue return and warning times for delivery status
240 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
242 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
243 to enable/disable certain features in the server per
244 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
245 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
246 for DaemonPortOptions.
247 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
248 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert
249 of Northern Illinois University.
250 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
251 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This
252 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
253 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
254 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
255 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
256 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
257 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from
258 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
259 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
260 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth
261 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
262 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
263 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
264 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
265 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
266 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
267 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
268 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
269 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
271 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13
272 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
273 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
274 the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
275 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from
277 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
278 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows
279 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
280 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
281 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
282 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
283 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
284 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
285 sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
287 Two new compile options have been added:
288 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3).
289 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3).
290 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
291 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
292 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
293 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related
294 programs to match locking techniques.
295 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
296 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
297 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
298 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
299 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
300 Center for Scientific Computing.
301 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
302 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
303 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
304 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
305 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
306 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback
307 from Mark Funkenhauser.
308 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
309 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR
310 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
311 cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
312 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
313 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
314 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
315 of Northern Illinois University.
316 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
317 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
318 the message using the given reason.
319 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
320 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
321 DNS records than just A.
322 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
323 length of the interval for which the number of incoming
324 connections is maintained.
325 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
326 rate control for individual hosts or nets.
327 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
328 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
329 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
330 slamming protection described above. The feature can
331 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
332 use the access database to look the pause time based on
333 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
334 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
335 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for
336 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
337 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
338 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry
339 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
340 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
341 interval when refusing connections for this long.
342 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
343 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by
344 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
345 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
346 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from
347 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
348 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
349 to follow the naming conventions.
350 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
352 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
354 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
355 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
356 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
357 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
359 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
360 to control queue return and warning times for delivery
361 status notifications.
362 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
363 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
364 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
365 Patch from Richard Rognlie.
366 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
367 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
369 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
370 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
371 use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
372 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
373 certificate revocations lists.
374 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
375 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
376 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
377 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information.
378 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
379 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
380 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README
381 for more information.
382 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
383 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
384 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
385 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on
386 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
387 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
388 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
389 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
390 of LifeLine Networks.
391 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From
393 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
394 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
395 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
396 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
397 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
398 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
399 Filters which use this function must include the
400 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
401 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
402 will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
403 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
404 named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
405 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
406 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
407 resetting the timeout.
408 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
409 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
410 failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
411 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
412 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
413 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
414 them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
415 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
416 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
417 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
418 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
419 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
420 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches
422 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
423 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
424 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
425 amendments to support header insertion operations.
426 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
427 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
428 Informations Services.
429 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
430 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
432 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
433 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
435 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
436 for the auto-response message.
439 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
440 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
441 cf/feature/mtamark.m4
442 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
443 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
445 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
446 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
447 contrib/socketmapClient.pl
448 contrib/socketmapServer.pl
449 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
450 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
451 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
452 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
453 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
454 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
455 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
456 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
457 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
458 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
459 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
460 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
461 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
465 contrib/oldbind.compat.c
466 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
467 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
470 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
472 8.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18
473 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a
474 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed
475 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
476 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
477 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
478 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
480 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
481 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
482 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
483 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
484 whose process id is the same as that of the initial
485 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
486 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
487 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
488 recipient address also against the printable addresses
489 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
490 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
491 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
492 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
493 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland.
494 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
495 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
496 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
497 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some
498 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
499 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
500 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper
501 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
502 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
503 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
504 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
505 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
506 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
507 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
508 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
509 then a possible race condition for creating qf files
510 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not
511 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
512 external application that accesses qf files.
513 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
514 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
515 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
516 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang
518 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
519 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only
520 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
521 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
524 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
525 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
527 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
528 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
529 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
530 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
532 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
534 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
535 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
536 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
537 of Courtesan Consulting.
538 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
539 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
540 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
541 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
542 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
543 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
544 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
545 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
546 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
547 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
548 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
549 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
550 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
551 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
552 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
553 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
554 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
555 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
556 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
557 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
558 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
559 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
560 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
561 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
562 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
563 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
564 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
565 to make sure they match.
566 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
568 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
569 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
571 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
572 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
574 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
575 from Jerome Borsboom.
576 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
577 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
578 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
579 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
580 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
581 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
582 after the close() and before the truncate().
583 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
584 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
585 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
587 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
588 of Washington for providing access to a computer
590 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
591 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
592 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
593 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
595 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
596 your Linux distribution, compile with
597 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
601 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
602 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
603 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
604 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
605 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
606 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
608 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
609 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
610 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
611 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
612 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
613 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
614 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
615 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
616 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
617 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
618 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
619 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
620 by Derek Wueppelmann.
621 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
622 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
624 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
625 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
626 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
627 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
628 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
629 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
630 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
631 text file instead of the database map.
633 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
634 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
635 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
636 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
638 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
639 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
640 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
641 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
643 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
644 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
645 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
646 Stanford University Compilation Group.
647 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
648 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
649 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
650 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
651 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
652 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
653 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
654 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
655 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
656 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
658 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
659 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
660 across various connections. This could cause session
661 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
662 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
663 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
664 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
665 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
666 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
667 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
668 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
670 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
671 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
673 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
674 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
675 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
676 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
677 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
678 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
679 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
680 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
681 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
682 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
684 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
685 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
686 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
687 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
688 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
689 to be run even if Runners=0.
690 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
691 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
692 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
693 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
694 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
695 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
696 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
697 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
698 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
699 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
700 by John Majikes of IBM.
701 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
702 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
703 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
704 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
705 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
706 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
707 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
708 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
709 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
710 noted by Matthias Andree.
711 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
712 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
714 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
715 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
716 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
717 an argument, hence the builtin version of
718 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
719 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
720 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
721 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
722 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
723 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
724 of the TrustedBSD Project.
725 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
726 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
727 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
728 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
730 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
731 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
732 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
733 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
734 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
735 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
736 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
737 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
738 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
739 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
740 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
742 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
743 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
744 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
745 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
746 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
747 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
749 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
751 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
752 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
753 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
754 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
755 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
756 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
757 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
758 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
759 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
761 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
762 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
763 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
764 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
770 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
771 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
772 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
773 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
774 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
775 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
776 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
777 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
778 Courtesan Consulting.
779 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
780 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
781 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
782 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
783 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
784 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
785 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
786 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
787 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
788 Earickson of Colby College.
789 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
790 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
791 Courtesan Consulting.
792 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
793 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
794 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
795 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
796 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
797 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
799 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
800 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
801 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
802 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
803 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
804 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
805 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
806 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
807 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
808 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
809 supposed for addresses on the header content.
810 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
812 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
813 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
814 fix from Scott Walters.
815 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
816 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
817 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
818 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
819 NETISO support has been dropped.
820 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
821 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
822 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
823 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
824 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
825 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
826 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
827 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
828 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
829 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
830 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
831 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
832 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
833 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
834 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
835 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
836 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
838 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
839 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
840 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
841 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
842 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
843 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
844 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
845 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
846 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
850 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
851 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
852 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
853 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
854 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
855 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
856 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
857 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
858 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
859 with rogue DNS servers.
860 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
862 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
863 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
865 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
866 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
867 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
868 Polytechnic Institute.
869 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
870 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
872 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
873 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
874 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
875 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
876 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
877 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
878 8.13 will change the default locking method to
879 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
880 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
881 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
882 related programs to match locking techniques.
884 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
885 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
886 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
887 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
888 section of the top level README for more information.
889 Problem noted by lumpy.
890 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
892 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
893 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
894 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
895 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
896 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
898 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
899 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
900 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
901 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
902 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
904 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
905 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
906 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
907 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
908 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
909 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
910 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
911 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
912 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
913 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
914 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
915 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
917 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
918 user who started sendmail.
919 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
920 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
921 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
922 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
923 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
924 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
925 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
926 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
928 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
929 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
930 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
931 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
932 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
933 Charles University in Prague.
934 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
936 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
937 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
938 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
939 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
940 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
941 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
942 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
943 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
944 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
945 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
946 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
947 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
948 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
949 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
950 noted by Bryan Costales.
951 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
952 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
953 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
954 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
955 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
956 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
957 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
959 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
960 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
961 installing the sendmail statistics file.
962 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
963 a user's filter starts other applications.
964 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
965 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
966 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
967 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
968 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
969 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
970 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
971 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
972 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
973 noted by Bryan Costales.
977 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
978 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
979 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
980 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
981 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
982 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
983 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
984 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
985 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
986 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
987 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
988 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
990 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
991 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
992 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
993 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
995 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
996 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
997 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
998 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
999 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1000 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1002 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
1003 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1004 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1005 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1006 Northern Illinois University.
1007 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1008 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1010 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1011 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1012 Polytechnic Institute.
1013 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1014 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1015 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1016 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1017 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1018 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1019 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1020 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1021 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
1022 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1023 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1025 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1026 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1027 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1028 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1029 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1030 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1031 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
1032 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1033 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1034 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
1035 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1036 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1037 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1038 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1039 of Concordia University.
1040 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
1041 found by Mario Nigrovic.
1042 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1043 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
1044 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1045 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1046 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1047 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
1049 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1050 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1051 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1052 total number of TCP connections.
1053 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1054 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1055 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1056 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1057 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1058 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1059 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1061 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1063 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1064 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
1065 patch by Bryan Costales.
1066 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1067 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1068 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1069 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1070 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1071 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1072 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
1073 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1074 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1075 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1076 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1077 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1080 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1082 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
1083 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1084 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1086 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
1088 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1089 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
1090 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1091 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1092 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
1093 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1094 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1095 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1097 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1098 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
1100 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1101 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1102 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1103 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1104 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1105 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1106 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1107 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1108 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
1109 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1110 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1111 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
1112 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1113 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1114 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1115 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1116 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1117 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1118 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1119 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
1121 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1122 if queue groups are used.
1123 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1124 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1125 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1126 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1127 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1128 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1129 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
1130 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1131 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1132 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1133 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1134 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1135 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
1136 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1137 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1138 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1139 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1140 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
1141 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1143 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1144 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1145 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
1146 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1147 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
1148 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1150 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1151 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
1154 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1156 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
1157 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1158 at startup, only log an error message.
1159 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1160 following -b) has been specified.
1161 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1162 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
1163 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1164 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1165 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1167 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1168 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1169 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1170 Institute of Mining and Technology.
1171 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1172 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1173 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1174 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1175 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1176 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1177 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1178 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1179 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1180 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1181 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
1183 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
1184 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1186 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1187 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1188 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1189 Meteorological Institute.
1190 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1191 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1193 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1194 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1195 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1196 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1197 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1198 types, respectively.
1199 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1200 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1202 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1203 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1204 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1205 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1206 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1207 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1208 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1209 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1210 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1212 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
1213 of Sun Microsystems.
1214 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1215 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1216 with servers that do not support realms when using
1217 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1218 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1219 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
1220 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1221 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1222 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1223 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1224 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1225 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1226 instead of forcing localhost.
1227 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1228 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1229 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
1230 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1231 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1232 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1233 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1234 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1235 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1236 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1237 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1238 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
1239 Compaq Computer Corp.
1240 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1241 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1244 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
1245 patch provided by HP.
1246 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1247 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
1248 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
1250 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1251 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
1252 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1253 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
1254 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1255 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
1256 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1257 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
1258 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1259 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1260 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
1261 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
1263 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1264 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1265 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1266 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
1268 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
1269 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1270 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1271 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1272 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1273 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
1274 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1275 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1276 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1277 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1278 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1280 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
1282 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1283 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
1285 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1286 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1288 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1289 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1291 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1292 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1293 to free memory twice.
1294 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1295 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1296 of Sun Microsystems.
1297 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1298 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1299 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1300 University of Athens.
1302 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1303 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1304 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1308 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1311 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
1312 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1313 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1314 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
1315 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
1316 found by Michal Zalewski.
1317 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1318 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1319 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1320 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1321 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1322 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1323 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1324 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1325 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1326 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1327 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1328 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1329 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1330 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1331 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
1332 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
1333 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
1334 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1335 canonical name for a host.
1336 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
1337 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
1338 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
1339 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
1341 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
1342 `uname` does not given complete information.
1343 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
1345 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
1346 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
1347 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
1348 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1349 Courtesan Consulting.
1350 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
1351 problems with potential misconfigurations.
1352 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
1353 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
1354 Technology Organisation of Australia.
1355 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
1356 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
1358 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
1359 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
1360 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
1361 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1362 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1364 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1365 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
1366 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1376 include/sm/sysstat.h
1378 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
1379 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
1380 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
1381 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
1382 default). The installation process tries to install
1383 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
1384 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
1385 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
1386 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
1387 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
1389 GroupWritableForwardFile
1390 WorldWritableForwardFile
1391 GroupWritableIncludeFile
1392 WorldWritableIncludeFile
1393 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
1394 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
1395 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
1397 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
1398 point where the variable could become overused for more than
1399 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
1400 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
1401 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
1402 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
1403 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
1404 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
1405 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
1406 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
1407 see sendmail/SECURITY.
1408 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
1409 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1410 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
1411 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
1413 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
1414 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
1415 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
1416 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
1417 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
1418 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
1419 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
1420 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
1421 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
1422 command has been removed.
1423 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
1424 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
1425 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
1426 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
1427 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
1428 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
1429 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
1430 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
1431 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
1433 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
1434 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
1435 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
1436 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
1437 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
1438 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
1439 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
1440 creation rather than just before delivery.
1441 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
1442 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
1443 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
1444 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
1445 preference matches (coattail).
1446 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
1447 try other MX hosts if available.
1448 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
1449 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
1450 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
1451 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
1452 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
1453 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
1454 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
1455 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
1456 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
1457 removed in future versions.
1458 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
1459 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
1460 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
1461 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
1462 doc/op/op.me for details.
1463 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
1464 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
1465 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
1466 of the presented certificate, respectively.
1467 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
1468 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
1469 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1470 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
1471 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
1472 enough on a per recipient basis.
1473 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
1475 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
1477 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
1478 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
1479 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
1480 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1481 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
1482 really required. This change results in a noticable
1483 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
1484 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
1485 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
1486 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1487 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
1488 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
1489 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
1490 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
1491 command line, then the value also limits the number of
1492 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
1493 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
1495 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
1496 system each queue directory resides in.
1497 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
1498 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
1499 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
1500 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
1501 collected together) to process the same work list at the
1503 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
1504 active queue runner processes.
1505 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
1506 runners per queue group.
1507 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
1508 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
1509 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
1510 of the queue that match during processing.
1511 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
1512 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
1513 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
1514 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
1515 persistent queue runner.
1516 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
1517 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
1519 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
1520 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1521 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
1522 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
1523 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
1524 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
1525 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
1526 of the qf file (older entries first).
1527 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
1528 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
1529 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
1530 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
1531 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
1532 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
1533 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
1534 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
1535 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
1536 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
1537 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
1538 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
1539 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
1540 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1541 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
1542 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
1543 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
1544 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
1546 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
1547 the number of entries in the queue(s).
1548 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
1549 and the usual documentation for details.
1550 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
1551 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
1553 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
1554 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
1555 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
1556 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1557 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
1558 -r (number of retries).
1559 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
1560 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
1561 and value separated by the given separator.
1562 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
1564 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
1565 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
1566 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
1567 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
1568 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
1569 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
1570 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
1571 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
1572 filenames with spaces).
1573 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
1574 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
1575 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
1576 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
1577 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
1578 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
1579 to the loopback net.
1580 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
1581 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
1582 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1583 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
1584 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
1585 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
1586 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
1587 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
1588 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
1589 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
1591 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1592 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
1593 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
1594 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1595 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1596 load average is exceeded.
1597 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1598 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1599 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1600 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1601 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1602 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1603 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1604 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
1606 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1607 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
1608 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1609 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1610 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1611 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1612 for direct (command line) submissions.
1613 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1614 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1615 Hagino of the KAME Project.
1616 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1617 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1618 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1619 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1620 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1621 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1622 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1623 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1625 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1626 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1627 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1628 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1629 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1630 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1631 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1632 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1633 of the Universitat Regensburg.
1634 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1635 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1636 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1637 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1638 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1639 See libsm/index.html for details.
1640 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1641 care of by fork() and exit().
1642 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
1643 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1644 new and old (from new libsm).
1645 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1646 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1647 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1648 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1649 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1650 synchronizations calls.
1651 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1652 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1653 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1654 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1655 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1656 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1658 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1659 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
1660 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1661 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1662 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1663 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1664 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1665 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1666 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
1667 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1668 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1669 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1670 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1671 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1672 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1673 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1674 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1675 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1676 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
1677 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1678 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1679 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1680 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1681 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1683 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
1684 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1685 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1686 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1688 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1689 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1690 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1692 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
1693 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1694 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1695 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
1696 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
1697 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
1698 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1699 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1700 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1702 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1703 the default schema used in the above two items.
1704 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1705 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1706 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1707 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1708 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1709 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1710 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1711 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1712 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1713 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1714 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1715 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1717 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1718 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1719 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1720 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
1721 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1722 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
1723 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1724 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1725 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1726 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1727 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
1728 (verbose) command line option.
1729 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1730 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1731 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1732 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1733 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1734 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1735 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1736 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
1737 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
1738 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1739 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1740 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1741 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1743 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1744 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1745 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1746 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1747 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1749 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
1751 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1752 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
1753 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1754 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1755 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1756 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
1757 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1758 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
1760 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1761 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1762 configurable during compile time. The current values and
1764 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
1765 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1766 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
1767 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
1768 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
1769 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
1770 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1771 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1772 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1773 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1774 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1775 Meteorological Institute.
1776 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1777 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1778 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1779 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1780 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1781 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1782 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1783 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1784 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
1785 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1786 See sendmail/README for further information.
1787 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1788 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
1789 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1790 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1791 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1792 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1793 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
1794 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1795 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1796 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1799 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1800 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
1801 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1802 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1803 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1804 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1805 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
1806 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1807 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1808 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1809 Solaris 8 and later.
1810 Add support for OpenUNIX.
1811 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1812 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1813 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1814 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1815 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1816 temporary lookup failures.
1817 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1818 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1820 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1821 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1823 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1824 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1825 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
1826 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1827 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1828 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1829 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1830 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1831 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1832 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1833 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1834 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1835 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1836 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1837 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1838 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1839 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1840 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1841 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1842 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1843 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1844 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1845 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1846 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1847 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1848 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1849 cf/README for details.
1850 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1851 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1852 University of Maryland.
1853 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1854 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1855 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1856 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1857 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1858 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1859 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1860 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1862 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1863 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1864 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1865 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1866 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1868 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1869 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1870 See cf/README for details.
1871 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1872 temporary lookup failures.
1873 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1874 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1875 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1877 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1878 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1879 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1880 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
1881 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1882 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1883 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1884 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1885 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1886 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1887 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1888 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1889 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
1890 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
1891 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
1892 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1893 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1894 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1895 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1896 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
1898 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1899 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1900 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
1902 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1903 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
1904 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1905 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1906 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
1907 recipients as user unknown.
1908 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1909 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1910 section of cf/README for more information.
1911 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1912 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1913 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1914 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1915 which takes the options as argument and can be used
1916 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1917 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1918 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
1919 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
1920 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
1921 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
1922 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
1923 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
1924 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
1925 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
1926 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
1927 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1928 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1929 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
1930 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
1931 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
1932 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
1933 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1934 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
1935 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
1936 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
1937 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
1938 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
1939 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
1940 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
1941 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
1942 doc/op/op.me for details.
1943 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
1944 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
1945 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1946 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
1948 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
1949 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
1950 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
1951 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
1952 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
1953 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
1954 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
1955 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
1956 This affects the access database as well as the
1957 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
1958 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
1959 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
1960 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
1961 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
1962 Mississippi State University.
1963 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
1964 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
1965 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
1966 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
1967 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1968 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1969 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1970 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1971 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1972 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1973 systems which don't include cat directories.
1974 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1975 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1976 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
1977 mailbox database type.
1978 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1979 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1980 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
1981 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1982 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1983 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1984 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1985 instead of white space.
1986 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1987 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1988 Meteorological Institute.
1989 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1990 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1991 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1992 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1994 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1995 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
1996 to specify the database and message file since there is no
1997 home directory for the default settings for these options.
1998 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1999 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2000 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
2001 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2008 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2009 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2010 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2012 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2013 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2014 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2015 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2016 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2018 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2019 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2020 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2031 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2032 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2038 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2039 include/sendmail/errstring.h
2040 include/sendmail/useful.h
2041 libsmutil/errstring.c
2042 sendmail/bf_portable.c
2043 sendmail/bf_portable.h
2048 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2049 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2050 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2052 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
2053 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2054 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2055 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2057 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2058 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2059 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2060 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2061 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2063 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2064 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2065 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
2066 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2067 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2068 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2069 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2070 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2071 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2072 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2073 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2074 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2075 across various connections. This could cause session
2076 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2077 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
2078 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2079 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2080 canonical name for a host.
2081 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2082 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2084 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2085 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2086 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2087 Polytechnic Institute.
2088 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2089 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2091 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2092 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2094 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2095 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2097 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2098 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2099 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2101 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2102 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2103 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2104 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2105 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2106 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2107 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2109 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2110 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
2113 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
2114 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2115 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
2116 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2117 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
2118 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2119 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2120 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
2121 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2122 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2123 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
2125 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
2126 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2128 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
2129 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2130 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
2131 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2132 of SE Netway Communications.
2133 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2134 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2135 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2136 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2137 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
2138 Bosserman of EarthLink.
2139 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2140 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2141 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2142 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2143 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2145 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
2146 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2147 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2148 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2149 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2150 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2151 University at Albany.
2152 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2153 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2154 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2155 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2156 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2157 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2159 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
2160 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2161 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2162 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2163 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2164 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2165 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
2166 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2167 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2168 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2170 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
2171 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2172 corruption and other potential race conditions.
2173 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2174 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
2175 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
2176 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2177 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2178 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2179 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2180 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2181 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2182 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2183 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
2185 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2186 QueueDirectory wildcards.
2187 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2188 the same map again while exiting.
2189 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2190 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2192 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2193 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2194 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2195 Oklahoma State University.
2196 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2197 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2198 InTouch Systems, Inc.
2199 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2200 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2201 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2203 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2204 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
2205 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2206 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
2207 from Werner Wiethege.
2208 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2209 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
2210 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2211 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2212 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2214 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
2215 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2216 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
2217 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2219 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2220 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2221 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2222 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2223 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2224 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2225 Meteorological Institute.
2226 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2227 since it generates random process ids.
2228 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2229 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2230 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2232 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2234 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
2235 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2236 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2237 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2238 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2239 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2240 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2241 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2242 communications consulting gmbh.
2243 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
2244 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2245 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2246 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2247 connection came in from the command line.
2248 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2249 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
2250 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2251 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2252 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2253 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2254 when they were committed.
2255 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2256 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2257 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2258 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2259 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
2260 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2261 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2262 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2264 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2265 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2267 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2268 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2269 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2270 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2272 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2273 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2274 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2276 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2277 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2278 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2279 University of New Brunswick.
2281 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2282 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2283 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2284 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
2285 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2286 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
2287 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
2288 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2289 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2290 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
2291 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2292 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2293 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2294 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2295 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2296 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2297 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2298 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
2299 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2301 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2302 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
2303 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2304 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2305 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2307 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2309 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
2310 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2311 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
2312 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
2313 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2314 Schools" project (IdS).
2315 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2316 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2317 be enabled by compiling with:
2318 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2319 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
2320 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2321 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2322 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2323 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2324 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2325 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2327 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2328 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2329 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2330 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2331 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2332 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
2333 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
2334 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
2336 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
2338 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
2339 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
2340 the Universitat Regensburg.
2341 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
2342 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
2343 University of Arizona.
2344 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
2345 of Collective Technologies.
2346 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
2347 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
2348 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
2350 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
2351 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2352 Meteorological Institute.
2353 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
2354 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2355 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2356 Meteorological Institute.
2357 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
2358 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
2359 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
2360 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2361 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
2362 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
2363 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
2364 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
2365 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
2366 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2367 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
2368 overall connections, not the number of connections per
2369 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
2372 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
2373 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
2374 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
2375 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
2376 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
2377 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
2379 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
2380 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2381 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
2382 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
2384 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
2385 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2386 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
2388 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
2389 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
2390 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2391 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
2392 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
2393 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
2394 implicitly assume canonical host names.
2395 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
2396 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2397 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
2399 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
2400 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
2401 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2402 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
2403 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
2404 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
2406 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
2407 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2408 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
2409 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
2410 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
2411 of Kyoto University.
2412 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
2413 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
2414 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
2415 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
2417 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
2418 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2419 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2420 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
2421 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
2425 contrib/buildvirtuser
2428 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
2429 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
2430 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2431 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
2432 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
2433 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
2434 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
2435 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2436 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
2438 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
2439 process may close the connection before the child process
2440 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
2441 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
2442 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2443 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
2444 read the LDAP secret from a file.
2445 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
2446 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
2447 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
2448 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2449 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
2450 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
2452 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
2453 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
2454 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
2455 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2456 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
2457 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2458 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
2459 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
2460 Fournier of Acadia University.
2461 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
2462 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
2463 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
2464 one of the others may be able to take over.
2465 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
2466 previous load average query result.
2467 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
2468 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
2469 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
2470 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2471 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
2472 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
2473 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
2474 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
2475 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2476 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
2477 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
2478 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
2479 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
2480 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
2481 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
2482 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
2483 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
2484 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
2485 University of British Columbia.
2487 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
2488 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
2489 override the setting. Suggested by
2490 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
2491 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
2492 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
2493 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
2494 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
2495 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2497 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
2499 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
2500 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
2501 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
2502 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
2503 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2504 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
2505 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
2507 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
2508 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
2509 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
2510 errors in the MAIL address.
2511 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
2512 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
2513 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
2514 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2515 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
2516 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
2517 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
2519 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
2520 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
2521 mailer as described in cf/README.
2522 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
2523 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
2524 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
2525 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
2526 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
2528 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2529 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2530 Meteorological Institute.
2531 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
2532 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
2533 dot as the only character on the line.
2535 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
2537 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
2538 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
2539 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
2540 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
2541 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
2542 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
2543 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
2544 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2545 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
2546 it populates. It is possible that some broken
2547 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
2548 Systems in this category should compile with
2549 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
2550 system and report broken implementations to
2551 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
2552 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
2553 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
2554 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
2555 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
2556 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
2557 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
2558 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
2559 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2560 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
2561 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
2562 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
2563 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2564 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
2566 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
2567 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
2568 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
2569 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
2570 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
2572 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
2574 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
2575 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
2576 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
2578 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
2579 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
2580 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
2581 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
2582 documented, unless a family is specified in a
2583 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
2584 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
2585 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
2586 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
2587 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
2588 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2589 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
2590 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
2591 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
2592 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
2593 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
2594 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2595 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
2596 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
2597 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
2598 of Sun Microsystems.
2599 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
2600 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
2601 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
2602 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
2603 the incoming information in the queue file for later
2605 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
2606 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
2608 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
2609 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
2610 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2611 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
2612 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
2613 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
2614 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
2615 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
2616 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2617 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
2618 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
2619 Hedeland of Ericsson.
2620 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
2621 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
2622 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
2623 of Northern Illinois University.
2624 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
2625 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2626 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
2628 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
2629 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
2630 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
2632 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
2633 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
2634 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
2635 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2636 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
2637 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
2638 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2639 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
2640 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2641 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
2642 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
2643 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
2644 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
2645 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
2646 G. Thomas Consulting.
2647 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
2649 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
2650 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2651 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
2652 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
2653 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2654 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2655 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2656 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2657 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2658 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2659 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2660 University of Mainz.
2661 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2662 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2663 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
2664 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2666 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2667 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
2668 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2669 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2670 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2671 work properly causing problems if the accept()
2672 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
2673 from Tom Moore of NCR.
2674 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
2675 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2676 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2677 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
2678 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2679 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2680 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2681 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2682 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2683 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2684 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
2685 confCACERT CACERTFile
2686 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
2687 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
2688 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
2689 confRAND_FILE RandFile
2690 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
2691 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
2692 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2693 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
2694 cf/README for more information.
2695 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2696 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2697 called due to a STARTTLS command.
2698 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2699 instead of temporary.
2700 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2701 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2702 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2704 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2705 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
2707 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2708 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2709 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2710 University of Maryland.
2711 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
2712 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2713 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2714 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2715 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2716 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2717 of the University of Alberta.
2718 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2719 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2720 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2721 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2722 of X.509 certificates.
2723 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
2724 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2725 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
2726 Universitat Regensburg.
2727 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2728 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2729 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2730 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2731 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2732 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2733 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2734 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2735 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2736 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2737 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2738 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2739 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2740 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2742 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2743 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2745 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2747 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2748 Denman Tire Corporation.
2749 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2750 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2751 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2752 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2753 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
2754 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
2755 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2756 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2758 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2759 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2763 contrib/link_hash.sh
2764 contrib/movemail.conf
2766 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2769 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
2770 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2771 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
2772 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
2773 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
2774 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
2775 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
2776 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
2780 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
2781 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
2782 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
2783 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
2784 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
2785 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
2786 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
2787 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
2788 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
2789 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
2790 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
2791 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
2792 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2793 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
2794 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
2795 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2796 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
2797 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
2798 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
2799 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
2801 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
2802 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
2803 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
2804 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
2805 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2806 Polytechnic Institute.
2807 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
2808 discards the message.
2809 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
2810 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
2811 attempted to the alias.
2812 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
2815 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
2816 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
2817 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
2818 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
2819 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2820 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
2821 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2822 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2823 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2824 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2825 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2826 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2827 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2828 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2830 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2831 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
2832 Courtesan Consulting.
2833 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
2834 Siemens Business Services.
2835 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2836 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2838 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2839 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2840 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2841 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2842 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2843 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2844 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2846 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2847 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2848 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2849 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2850 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2852 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2853 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2855 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2856 for other internal projects but included in the open source
2858 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2859 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2860 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
2861 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2862 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2863 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2865 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2866 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
2867 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2868 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2870 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
2871 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2872 Northern Illinois University.
2873 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2874 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2875 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
2876 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2877 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2878 Polytechnique de Montreal.
2879 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2880 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
2881 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
2883 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
2884 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
2886 contrib/converting.sun.configs
2887 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
2892 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
2893 *************************************************************
2894 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
2895 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
2896 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
2897 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
2898 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
2899 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
2900 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
2901 * coach, and a friend. *
2903 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
2904 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
2905 * Julie, we miss you! *
2906 *************************************************************
2907 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2908 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2909 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2910 symbolic link target.
2911 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2912 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2913 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2914 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2915 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2916 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2917 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
2918 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2919 version of sendmail.
2920 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2921 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
2922 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2924 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
2925 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
2926 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2927 for easier code sharing among the programs.
2928 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
2929 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2930 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2931 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2932 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2933 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2934 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
2935 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
2936 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
2937 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2938 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2939 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
2940 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2941 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2942 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
2943 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2944 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
2945 now listen on several different ports. Use:
2946 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
2947 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
2948 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
2949 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
2950 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
2951 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
2952 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
2953 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
2954 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
2955 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
2956 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
2957 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
2958 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
2959 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
2960 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2961 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
2962 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
2963 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
2964 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
2966 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
2967 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
2968 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
2969 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
2970 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
2971 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
2972 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
2973 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
2974 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
2975 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
2977 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
2978 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
2979 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
2980 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
2981 a control socket request.
2982 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
2984 Timeout.resolver.retrans
2985 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2986 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2987 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
2988 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2989 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2990 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2991 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2992 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2993 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
2995 Timeout.resolver.retry
2996 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2997 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2998 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
2999 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3000 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3001 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3002 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3003 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3004 query for all resolver lookups except the first
3006 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3007 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
3008 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
3009 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3010 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3011 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
3012 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3013 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
3014 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3015 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
3016 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3017 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3018 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3019 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3020 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
3021 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3022 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3023 Telecommunications Ltd.
3024 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3025 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3026 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
3027 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
3029 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3030 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3031 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3032 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3033 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3034 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
3035 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3036 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3037 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3038 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3039 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3040 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3041 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3042 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3043 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3044 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3045 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3046 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3047 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3048 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3050 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3051 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
3052 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
3053 example mailer might be:
3054 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3055 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3056 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3057 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3058 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
3060 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3061 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3062 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3063 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3064 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3066 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3067 body of the original message on delivery status
3069 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
3070 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3071 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3072 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
3073 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3074 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
3075 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
3076 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3077 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
3078 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3079 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
3080 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3081 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
3082 Conwell of Boston University.
3083 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
3084 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3085 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3086 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3088 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3089 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
3090 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3091 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3092 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3093 similar to check_rcpt etc.
3094 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3095 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3096 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3097 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3098 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3099 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3100 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
3101 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3102 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3103 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
3105 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3106 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3107 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3108 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3110 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3111 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3113 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3114 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3115 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3116 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3117 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3118 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3119 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3120 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3121 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3123 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3124 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3125 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3126 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
3127 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3128 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3129 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3130 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3131 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
3132 a denial-of-service attack.
3133 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3134 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
3135 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3137 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3139 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3140 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3141 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3142 directly before the newline.
3143 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3144 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3145 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
3146 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3147 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3148 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
3149 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3150 could not be opened.
3151 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
3152 value of this option is macro expanded.
3153 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3154 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3155 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3156 (along with the already existing macros):
3157 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
3158 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3159 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3160 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3161 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3162 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
3163 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3164 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3165 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3166 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
3167 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3169 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3170 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3171 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3172 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3173 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3174 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
3175 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3176 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3177 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
3178 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3179 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
3180 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3181 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3182 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3183 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3184 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
3185 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3186 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3187 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3188 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
3190 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3191 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
3192 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
3194 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3195 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
3196 of Renaissance Internet Services.
3197 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3198 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3199 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3200 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3201 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3202 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
3203 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3204 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3205 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
3206 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3207 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3208 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3209 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3210 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3211 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3212 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3214 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3215 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3216 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3217 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3218 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3219 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
3220 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
3221 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3222 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3223 David Cooley of Colby College.
3224 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3225 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
3226 already decided the message will be passed to another host
3227 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3228 Buckeridge Young Limited.
3229 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3230 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3231 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
3232 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
3233 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3234 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
3235 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3236 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
3237 of Stanford University.
3238 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
3239 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3240 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3241 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3242 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
3243 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
3244 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3245 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3246 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3247 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
3248 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3249 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
3250 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3251 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3252 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3253 attributes found in the match will be returned.
3254 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3255 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
3256 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3257 comma separated key and value strings.
3258 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3259 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3260 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3261 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3262 a single connection to that host.
3263 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3264 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3266 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3268 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3269 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3270 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
3271 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3272 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3273 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
3274 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3275 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3276 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3277 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3278 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3279 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3280 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3282 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3283 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3284 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3285 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3287 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3288 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
3289 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
3290 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3291 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3292 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3294 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3295 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3297 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
3298 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3299 important if you have large classes.
3300 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3301 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
3302 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3303 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3304 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3305 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3306 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3307 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
3308 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3309 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3310 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
3311 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3312 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3313 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
3314 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3315 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
3316 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3317 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3318 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3319 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3320 determined). For single processor machines, this change
3322 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3323 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3324 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
3325 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3326 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3327 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3328 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3329 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3330 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3331 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3332 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
3333 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
3334 connection-based denial of service attacks.
3335 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
3337 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
3338 information (from= syslog line).
3339 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
3341 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
3342 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
3343 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
3344 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3345 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
3346 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3347 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3348 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
3349 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3350 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
3351 the program as the default user and the default group, not
3352 the forward file user. This change also assures the
3353 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
3354 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
3355 Popovici of DNT Romania.
3356 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
3357 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
3358 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
3359 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
3360 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
3361 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
3362 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
3363 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
3364 helpful to know the sender of the message.
3365 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
3366 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3367 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
3368 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
3370 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
3371 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
3372 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
3373 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
3374 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
3375 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
3376 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
3377 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
3378 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
3379 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
3380 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
3381 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
3382 length before the attempt.
3383 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
3384 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
3385 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
3386 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
3387 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
3388 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
3389 host status files, not all files.
3390 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
3391 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
3392 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
3394 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
3395 macro map class. This can be used to store information
3396 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
3397 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
3399 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
3400 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
3401 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
3402 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
3403 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
3404 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
3405 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
3406 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
3408 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
3409 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
3410 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
3411 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
3412 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
3413 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
3414 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
3415 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
3416 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
3417 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
3418 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
3419 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
3420 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
3421 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3423 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
3424 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
3425 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
3426 if referencing a named ruleset.
3427 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
3428 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
3429 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
3430 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
3431 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
3432 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
3433 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
3434 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
3435 the University of Maryland.
3436 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
3437 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
3438 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
3439 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
3440 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
3441 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
3443 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
3444 but for outgoing connections.
3445 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
3446 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
3447 a require authentication
3448 b bind to interface through which mail has
3450 c perform hostname canonification
3451 f require fully qualified hostname
3452 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
3454 C don't perform hostname canonification
3455 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
3456 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
3457 h use name of interface for HELO command
3458 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
3459 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
3460 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
3461 Institutes of Health.
3462 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
3463 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3464 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
3465 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
3466 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3467 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
3468 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
3469 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
3470 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
3471 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
3472 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
3473 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
3474 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3475 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
3476 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
3477 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
3478 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
3479 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
3480 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
3481 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
3482 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
3483 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
3484 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
3485 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
3486 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3487 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
3488 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
3489 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
3490 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
3491 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
3493 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
3494 interface address structure when loading the system network
3495 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
3497 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
3498 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
3499 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
3500 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
3501 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
3502 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
3504 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3505 Northern Illinois University.
3506 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
3507 envelope splitting has occurred.
3508 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
3509 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
3510 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
3511 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
3512 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
3513 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3515 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
3516 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
3517 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
3518 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
3519 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
3520 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
3521 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3522 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
3523 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3524 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
3525 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3526 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
3527 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
3528 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
3529 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3530 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
3531 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
3532 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
3533 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3534 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
3535 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
3536 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
3537 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3538 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
3539 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
3540 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3542 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
3543 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
3544 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
3545 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
3546 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
3547 ruleset lines as well.
3548 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
3549 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
3550 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
3551 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3553 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
3554 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
3555 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3556 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
3557 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
3558 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
3559 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
3560 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
3561 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
3562 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
3564 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
3565 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
3566 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
3567 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3568 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
3569 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
3570 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
3571 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
3572 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
3573 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
3574 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
3575 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
3576 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
3577 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
3578 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
3579 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3581 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
3582 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
3583 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
3585 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
3586 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
3587 them in the .cf file.
3588 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
3589 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
3590 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
3591 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
3592 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
3593 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
3594 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
3595 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
3596 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3597 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
3598 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
3599 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
3600 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
3601 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3602 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
3603 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3604 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
3605 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
3606 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
3607 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
3608 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3609 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
3610 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
3611 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
3612 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
3613 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
3614 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3615 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
3616 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
3617 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
3618 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3619 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
3620 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
3621 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
3622 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
3623 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
3624 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3625 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
3626 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
3627 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
3628 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
3629 don't fail on ANY queries.
3630 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
3631 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
3632 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3633 Northern Illinois University.
3634 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
3635 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
3637 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
3638 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3639 Northern Illinois University.
3640 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
3641 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
3642 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
3644 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
3645 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
3646 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
3647 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
3648 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3649 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
3650 This allows network interface probing to work
3651 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
3653 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3654 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3655 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3657 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3658 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3660 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3661 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3663 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3664 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3665 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3666 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3667 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3668 in building the operating system. Users can
3669 override the defaults by setting confCC and
3670 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3671 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3672 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3673 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3674 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3675 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3676 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3677 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3678 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3679 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3680 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3681 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
3682 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3683 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3684 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3685 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3686 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3687 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3688 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
3689 use that value in conf.h.
3690 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
3692 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3693 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3694 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3696 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
3697 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3699 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3700 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3701 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3703 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3704 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
3705 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3707 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3709 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3710 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
3711 Siemens Business Services.
3712 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3713 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3714 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3715 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
3716 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3717 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3718 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3720 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3721 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3722 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3723 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3724 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3725 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3726 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3728 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
3729 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3730 Technology Information Network.
3731 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
3732 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3733 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3734 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3736 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3737 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
3738 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
3739 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3740 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
3741 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
3743 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3744 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3745 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3746 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3747 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3748 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3749 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
3750 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
3751 Courtesan Consulting.
3752 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3753 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3754 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3755 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3756 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3757 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3759 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3760 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3762 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3763 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3764 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3765 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
3767 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3768 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
3769 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
3770 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
3771 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
3772 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
3773 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
3774 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
3775 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
3776 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
3777 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
3778 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
3779 confPID_FILE PidFile
3780 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
3781 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
3782 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
3783 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
3784 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3785 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3786 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
3787 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3788 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3789 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
3790 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
3791 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
3792 which takes the options as argument and can be used
3793 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3794 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
3795 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
3796 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
3797 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
3799 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
3800 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
3801 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
3802 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
3803 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
3804 value should be changed with care.
3805 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
3806 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
3807 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
3808 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
3810 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
3811 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
3813 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
3814 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
3815 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
3816 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
3817 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
3818 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
3819 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
3820 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3821 of Northern Illinois University.
3822 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3823 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3824 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3825 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3826 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3828 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3830 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3831 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3832 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3833 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
3834 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3836 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3837 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3838 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3839 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3840 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3841 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3842 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
3843 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3844 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3845 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3846 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
3847 Hubert of University of Washington.
3848 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3849 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
3850 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3851 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3852 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3853 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
3854 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3855 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
3856 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3858 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3859 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3861 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3862 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3863 University and Brian Candler.
3864 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3865 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3866 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3867 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3869 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3870 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3871 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3872 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3873 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3874 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3875 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3876 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3877 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3878 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3879 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3880 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
3881 Willamette Industries, Inc.
3882 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
3883 converted to <user@d>
3884 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
3885 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
3886 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
3887 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
3889 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
3890 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
3891 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3893 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
3894 be accessed by their numbers).
3895 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
3896 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
3898 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
3899 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
3900 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3901 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3902 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3903 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3904 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3905 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3906 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3907 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3908 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3909 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3911 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3912 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3913 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3914 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
3915 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3916 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3917 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3918 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3919 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3920 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3921 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3922 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3923 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3924 University of California at Berkeley.
3925 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3926 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3927 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
3928 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3929 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3931 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3932 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3933 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3935 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
3936 be used for building.
3937 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
3938 used for a fresh build.
3939 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
3940 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
3942 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
3943 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
3944 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
3945 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
3947 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
3948 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
3949 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
3950 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
3951 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
3952 of Siemens Business Services.
3953 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
3954 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
3955 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
3957 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
3958 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
3959 They should contain the C source files for the object files
3960 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
3961 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
3962 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
3963 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
3964 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
3965 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
3966 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
3967 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
3968 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
3969 are in devtools/README.
3970 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
3971 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3972 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
3973 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
3974 new variable which identifies the root of the source
3975 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
3976 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
3977 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
3979 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
3980 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
3981 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
3982 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
3983 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
3985 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
3986 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
3988 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
3989 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
3990 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
3991 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
3992 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
3994 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
3995 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
3996 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
3997 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
3998 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
3999 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4000 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4001 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4002 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4003 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
4004 install-strip target.
4005 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4006 the others (if it exists).
4007 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4008 then the default ones.
4009 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
4010 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4011 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4013 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4014 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4015 Northern Illinois University.
4016 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4017 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4018 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4019 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4020 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
4021 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4023 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4024 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4025 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4027 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4028 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
4029 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4030 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4031 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4032 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4033 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4035 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4036 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4037 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4038 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4039 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4040 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4041 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
4042 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4043 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4044 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4045 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4046 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4047 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4048 Alcatel Australia Limited.
4049 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4050 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
4051 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4052 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4053 timeout to avoid starvation.
4054 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4055 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4056 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4057 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4058 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4059 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4060 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4062 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4063 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4064 sendmail configuration file.
4065 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4066 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4068 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
4069 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4070 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
4071 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4072 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
4073 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4074 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4075 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4076 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4078 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4079 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4080 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
4081 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4082 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4083 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4084 Institute for Global Communications.
4085 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4086 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
4087 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4088 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4089 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
4090 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4091 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
4092 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4093 of the Institute for Global Communications.
4094 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
4095 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4096 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4097 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
4098 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4100 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4101 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
4102 which execute the actual Build script in
4104 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4105 -mandoc as they were previously.
4106 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4107 of Build will work (unless parameters are
4108 required for Build).
4116 Renamed Directories:
4117 BuildTools => devtools
4121 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4122 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4128 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4129 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4130 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4132 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4133 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4134 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4135 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4139 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4140 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4141 contrib/domainmap.m4
4144 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4146 devtools/M4/string.m4
4147 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4148 devtools/M4/switch.m4
4151 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4152 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4154 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4162 sendmail/bf_portable.c
4163 sendmail/bf_portable.h
4166 sendmail/shmticklib.c
4167 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4173 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4174 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4175 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4176 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4177 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4178 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4179 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4180 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4181 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4183 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4185 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
4186 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4187 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4188 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4189 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4190 Schools" project (IdS).
4191 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4192 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
4193 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
4194 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4195 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4196 when performing the MIME header length check. This
4197 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
4198 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4199 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4200 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4201 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4202 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4203 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4204 ExecPC Internet Systems.
4205 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4206 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4207 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4208 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
4209 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4210 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4211 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4212 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
4213 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4214 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4215 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4216 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4217 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4218 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4219 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4220 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4221 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4222 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
4223 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4226 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4227 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
4228 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4229 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
4230 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
4231 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4232 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4233 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4234 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4235 Technical University of Denmark.
4236 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4237 Supercomputer Center.
4238 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4239 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4240 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4241 of Stanford University.
4242 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4243 between different releases. Back out the
4244 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4245 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4246 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4247 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4248 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4250 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4251 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4252 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4254 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4255 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
4256 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4257 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4258 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
4259 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4260 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
4261 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4262 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4263 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4264 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4265 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4266 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4269 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4270 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4271 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4273 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
4274 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4275 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
4276 for a denial of service attack.
4277 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4278 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4279 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4280 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4282 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4283 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4284 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4285 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4286 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4287 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
4288 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4289 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4291 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4292 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4293 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4294 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4295 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4296 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4297 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4298 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
4299 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4300 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4301 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4302 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4303 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4304 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4305 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4306 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4307 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4308 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4310 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4311 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
4312 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4313 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4314 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4315 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
4316 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4317 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
4318 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4319 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4320 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4321 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4323 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4324 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4325 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4326 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4327 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4328 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4329 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4330 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4331 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4332 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4333 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4334 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
4335 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
4337 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
4338 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
4339 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
4340 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
4341 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
4342 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
4343 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4344 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
4345 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
4346 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
4347 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
4348 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
4349 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
4350 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
4351 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
4352 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
4353 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4354 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
4355 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4356 Meteorological Institute.
4357 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4358 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
4359 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
4361 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4362 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
4363 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
4364 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
4365 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
4366 reading network interface addresses into
4367 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
4368 Cal State University, Chico.
4369 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
4370 from changing the semantics of the compiled
4371 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
4372 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
4373 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
4374 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4375 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4376 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
4377 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
4378 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
4379 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
4380 of Sun Microsystems.
4381 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
4382 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4383 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
4385 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
4386 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4387 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
4389 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
4390 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
4392 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
4393 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4395 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
4396 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
4397 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
4398 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
4399 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4400 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
4401 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
4402 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
4403 Manawatu Internet Services.
4404 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
4405 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
4406 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
4407 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
4408 of Northern Illinois University.
4409 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
4410 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4412 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
4414 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
4415 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4416 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4417 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
4418 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
4419 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
4420 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4421 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
4422 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4423 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
4424 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
4425 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
4426 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4427 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
4428 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4429 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
4430 the envelope From header.
4431 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
4432 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
4433 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
4434 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
4435 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
4436 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
4437 Portal Services, Inc.
4438 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
4439 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
4441 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4443 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
4444 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
4445 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
4446 contrib/smcontrol.pl
4449 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
4450 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
4451 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
4452 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
4453 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
4454 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
4455 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
4456 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4457 Meteorological Institute.
4458 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
4459 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
4460 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4461 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
4462 installation commands. The man pages would still be
4463 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
4464 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4465 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
4466 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4467 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
4468 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
4469 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
4470 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
4471 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
4472 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
4473 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
4474 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
4475 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
4476 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
4477 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
4479 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
4480 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
4481 DaveLtd Enterprises.
4482 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
4483 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
4484 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
4485 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
4486 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
4487 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
4488 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
4489 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
4490 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
4491 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
4492 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
4493 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
4494 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
4496 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
4497 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
4498 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
4499 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
4500 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
4501 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
4503 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
4504 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
4505 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
4506 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
4507 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
4509 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
4510 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
4512 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
4513 J. P. McCann of E I A.
4514 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
4516 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
4517 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
4518 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
4519 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4520 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
4521 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
4522 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4523 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
4524 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
4525 would not accept @@hostname.
4526 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
4527 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
4528 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
4529 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
4530 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4532 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
4534 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
4535 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
4536 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
4537 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
4538 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
4539 which need the ability to override security can use the
4540 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
4542 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4543 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4544 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
4545 world writable directories.
4546 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
4547 it is in a world writable directory.
4548 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
4549 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
4550 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
4551 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4552 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4553 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
4554 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
4555 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4556 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
4557 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
4558 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
4559 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
4560 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
4561 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
4562 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
4564 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
4565 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
4566 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
4567 the University of Maryland.
4568 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
4569 of Cal State University, Chico.
4570 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
4571 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
4572 current version of Berkeley DB.
4573 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
4574 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4575 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
4576 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
4578 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
4579 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
4580 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
4582 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
4583 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
4584 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
4585 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
4586 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
4587 mail.local on the F=z flag.
4588 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
4589 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
4590 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
4591 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
4592 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
4593 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
4594 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
4595 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4596 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4597 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
4598 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
4599 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
4600 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4601 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
4602 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
4603 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
4604 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
4605 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
4606 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
4607 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
4608 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
4609 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
4610 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
4611 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
4612 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
4613 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
4615 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
4616 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
4617 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
4618 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
4619 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
4620 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
4621 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
4622 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4623 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
4624 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
4625 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
4626 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
4627 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4628 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
4629 sender for those failures.
4630 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
4631 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
4632 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
4633 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
4635 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
4636 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
4637 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4638 of Procter & Gamble.
4639 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
4640 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
4641 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4642 of Procter & Gamble.
4643 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
4644 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
4645 of system security. This should only be used if you are
4646 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
4647 DontBlameSendmail options are:
4650 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
4651 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4652 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4653 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4654 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4655 GroupWritableAliasFile
4656 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4657 WorldWritableAliasFile
4658 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4659 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4660 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4661 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4662 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4663 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4665 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4666 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4667 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4668 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4669 LinkedMapInWritableDir
4670 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4671 FileDeliveryToHardLink
4672 FileDeliveryToSymLink
4675 WriteStatsToHardLink
4677 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4679 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4680 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
4681 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4682 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4683 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4684 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4685 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4686 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4687 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4688 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4689 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4690 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4691 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4692 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4693 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4694 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4695 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4696 contrast to the success case).
4697 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
4700 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4701 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4702 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4703 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4704 from hiding their connection information in Received:
4706 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4707 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
4708 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4709 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4710 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4711 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
4712 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4713 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
4714 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4715 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4716 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4717 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4718 remote identity can be queried.
4719 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4720 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4721 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
4722 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4723 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4724 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4725 some of the details are determined dynamically via
4726 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4727 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4728 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4729 the new Build method which creates an operating system
4730 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4731 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4732 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4733 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
4734 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4735 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
4736 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4737 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4738 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4739 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4740 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4741 This means that even if only one of the recipients
4742 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4743 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4744 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4745 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
4746 of CNET: The Computer Network.
4747 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4748 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4749 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4750 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4751 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4752 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4753 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4754 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4755 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4756 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4757 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4758 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4759 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4760 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4761 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
4762 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4763 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4764 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4765 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4767 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4769 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4770 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
4771 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
4772 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
4773 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
4774 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4775 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
4776 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
4778 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
4779 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
4780 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
4782 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
4783 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
4784 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4785 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
4786 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
4787 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
4788 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4789 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
4791 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
4792 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
4793 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
4794 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
4795 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
4796 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
4797 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
4798 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
4799 Stratus Computer, Inc.
4800 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
4801 currently supported version.
4802 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
4803 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4804 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
4805 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
4806 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
4807 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4808 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
4809 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
4810 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
4811 message in error bounces.
4812 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
4813 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
4814 Digital Equipment Corporation.
4816 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
4817 of Kyoto University.
4818 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
4819 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
4821 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4822 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4824 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4825 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4826 the University of Maryland.
4827 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4828 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4829 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4830 Meteorological Institute.
4831 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4832 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4833 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4834 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4835 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4836 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4837 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
4838 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
4839 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4840 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4841 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
4842 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4843 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4844 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
4846 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4847 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4848 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
4849 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4850 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4851 directory for certain programs.
4852 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4853 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4854 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4855 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
4856 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4857 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4858 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
4859 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
4860 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4861 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4862 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4863 the user to setup different .forward files for
4864 user+detail addressing.
4865 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4866 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4867 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4868 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4869 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4870 outside your domain).
4871 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4872 any site to any site.
4873 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4874 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4875 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4876 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4877 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4878 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
4879 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4880 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
4881 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
4882 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
4883 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
4884 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
4885 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
4886 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
4887 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
4889 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
4890 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
4891 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
4892 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
4893 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
4894 needed for most installations.
4895 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
4896 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
4897 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
4898 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4899 the University of Maryland.
4900 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4901 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4902 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4903 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4904 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4905 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4906 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4907 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4908 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4909 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4910 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4911 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
4912 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4913 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
4914 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4915 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4916 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4917 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
4918 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
4919 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
4920 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4921 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4922 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4923 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4924 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4925 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
4926 above for more information.
4927 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4928 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4929 Meteorological Institute.
4930 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4931 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4932 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
4933 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
4934 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4935 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
4936 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
4937 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
4938 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
4939 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
4940 MustQuoteChars respectively.
4941 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
4942 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
4943 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
4944 CMU (now of Netscape).
4945 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
4946 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
4947 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
4948 read mail.local/README.
4949 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
4950 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
4951 University of Maryland.
4952 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
4954 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4955 Meteorological Institute.
4956 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
4957 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
4958 University of Maryland.
4959 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
4960 such as linked files in world writable directories.
4961 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
4962 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
4963 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
4964 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
4966 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
4967 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
4968 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4970 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
4971 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
4972 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
4974 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
4975 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
4976 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
4977 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
4978 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
4979 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
4980 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
4981 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
4982 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
4983 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
4984 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
4985 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
4986 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
4987 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
4988 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
4990 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
4991 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
4993 BuildTools/Site/README
4994 BuildTools/bin/Build
4995 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
4996 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
4997 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5000 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5001 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5002 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5003 cf/feature/access_db.m4
5004 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5005 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5006 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5007 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5009 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5010 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5011 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5012 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5014 contrib/doublebounce.pl
5016 mail.local/Makefile.m4
5019 mailstats/Makefile.m4
5023 praliases/Makefile.m4
5033 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5035 mail.local/Makefile.dist
5037 mailstats/Makefile.dist
5039 makemap/Makefile.dist
5041 praliases/Makefile.dist
5046 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5047 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5048 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5049 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5052 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5053 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5054 src/READ_ME => src/README
5056 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
5057 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5058 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5059 Meteorological Institute.
5060 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5061 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
5062 Arseneault of SRI International.
5063 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5064 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5065 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5066 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5067 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5068 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5069 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
5070 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
5071 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5072 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5073 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5075 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5076 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5077 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5078 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5079 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5080 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5081 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5082 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5083 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
5084 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5085 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5086 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5087 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5088 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5089 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5090 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
5091 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5092 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5093 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
5094 results during a single message processing (but would
5095 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
5096 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5097 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5098 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5099 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5100 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5101 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5102 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5103 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5104 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5105 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
5106 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5107 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5108 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5109 and the inability to save a bounce message to
5110 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5111 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5112 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5113 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5115 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
5116 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5117 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5118 could cause confusing error messages.
5119 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5120 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
5121 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5122 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5124 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
5125 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5126 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5127 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5128 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5129 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5130 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5132 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5133 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
5134 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5135 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5136 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5137 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5138 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5139 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5141 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5142 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5143 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5144 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5145 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5146 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5147 RUS University of Stuttgart.
5149 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5150 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
5151 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
5152 of Stanford University.
5153 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5154 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
5155 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5157 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5158 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5159 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5160 Electronic Data Systems.
5161 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
5162 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5163 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5164 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5165 loader environment variables into the loader memory
5166 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
5167 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5168 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5169 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
5170 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5171 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5172 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5173 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
5174 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5175 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
5176 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5177 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
5178 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5179 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5180 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5181 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5183 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5184 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5185 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5186 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
5187 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5188 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5190 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5191 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5192 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5195 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
5196 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5197 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5198 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5199 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5200 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5202 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5203 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
5204 of Technology, Stockholm.
5205 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5206 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5207 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5208 that these routines are included as though they were in the
5209 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5210 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5211 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5212 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5213 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5214 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5215 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
5216 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5217 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5218 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
5219 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5220 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
5221 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5222 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5223 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5224 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
5225 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5226 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5227 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5228 have to assume that the information is good.
5229 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5231 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5232 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5233 errors during testing.
5234 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5235 printed in the error message.
5236 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5237 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5238 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5239 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5240 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5241 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5242 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5243 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5244 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5245 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
5246 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5247 runner runs during a critical section in another message
5248 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5250 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5251 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5252 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5253 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
5254 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5255 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5256 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5257 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5258 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5259 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5260 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5261 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5262 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5263 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
5264 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5265 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5266 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5268 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5269 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5270 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5271 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
5272 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5273 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5274 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5275 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
5276 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5277 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5278 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
5280 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5281 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
5282 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5283 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5285 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5286 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
5287 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5289 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
5290 of Argonne National Laboratory.
5291 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5292 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5293 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
5294 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5295 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5297 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5298 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5299 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5300 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5301 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5302 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5304 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
5305 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5306 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
5307 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5309 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5310 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5311 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
5312 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
5313 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5314 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5315 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5316 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5318 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5319 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
5320 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5321 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5322 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5323 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5324 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5325 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5327 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5328 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
5330 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
5331 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5332 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
5333 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
5334 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
5335 changed after open".
5336 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
5338 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
5340 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
5341 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
5343 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
5347 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
5348 *************************************************************
5349 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
5350 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
5351 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
5352 * continued sendmail development. *
5353 *************************************************************
5354 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
5355 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
5356 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
5357 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
5358 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
5359 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
5360 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
5361 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
5362 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
5363 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
5364 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
5365 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
5366 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
5367 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
5368 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
5369 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
5370 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5371 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5372 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
5373 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
5374 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
5375 another database; this can be used either to expose
5376 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
5377 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
5378 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
5379 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
5380 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
5381 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
5382 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
5383 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
5385 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
5386 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
5387 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
5388 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
5389 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
5390 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
5391 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
5392 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
5393 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
5394 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
5395 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
5396 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
5397 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
5398 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
5399 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
5400 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
5401 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
5402 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
5403 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
5404 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
5405 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
5406 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
5407 NFS-mounted filesystems.
5408 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
5409 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
5410 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
5411 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
5412 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
5413 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
5414 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
5415 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
5416 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5417 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
5418 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5420 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
5421 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
5423 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
5424 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
5425 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5426 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
5427 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
5428 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
5429 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
5430 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
5431 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5432 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
5433 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
5435 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
5436 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
5437 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5438 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
5439 too large) don't send the bogus message.
5440 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
5441 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
5442 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5443 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
5444 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
5445 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
5446 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
5447 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
5449 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
5450 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
5452 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
5453 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
5454 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
5455 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
5456 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
5457 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
5458 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
5459 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
5460 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
5461 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
5463 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
5464 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
5465 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
5467 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
5468 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
5469 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
5470 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5471 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
5472 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
5473 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
5474 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
5475 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
5477 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
5478 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
5480 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
5481 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
5482 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5483 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
5484 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
5485 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
5486 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
5487 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
5488 erroneous results during a single message processing
5489 (but would recover when the next message was received).
5490 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
5491 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
5492 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
5493 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
5494 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
5495 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
5496 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
5497 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
5498 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
5499 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
5500 address as "may be forged".
5501 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
5502 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
5503 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
5504 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
5505 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
5506 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
5508 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
5509 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
5510 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
5511 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
5512 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
5513 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
5514 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
5515 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
5516 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5518 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
5519 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
5520 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
5521 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
5522 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
5523 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
5524 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
5525 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
5526 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
5527 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
5528 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
5530 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
5531 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
5532 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
5533 John Beck of SunSoft.
5534 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
5535 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
5536 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
5537 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
5538 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
5539 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
5540 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
5541 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
5542 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
5543 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
5544 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
5546 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
5547 on some architectures.
5549 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
5550 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
5551 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
5552 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
5553 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
5555 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
5556 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
5557 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5558 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
5559 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
5560 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
5561 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
5562 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
5563 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
5564 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5565 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
5566 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
5567 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
5568 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
5569 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
5571 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
5573 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
5574 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
5576 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
5577 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5578 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
5579 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
5581 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
5582 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
5583 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5584 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
5585 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
5586 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5587 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
5588 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
5589 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
5590 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
5591 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
5592 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5593 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
5594 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
5595 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
5596 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
5597 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
5598 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
5599 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
5600 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5601 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
5602 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
5603 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
5604 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
5605 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
5606 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
5607 was specified, even when it wasn't.
5608 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
5609 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
5610 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
5611 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
5612 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
5613 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
5614 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
5615 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
5616 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
5617 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
5618 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
5620 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
5621 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
5622 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5623 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
5624 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
5625 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
5626 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
5627 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
5629 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
5630 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
5631 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
5632 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
5633 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5634 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
5635 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
5636 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
5637 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
5638 for system accounts.
5641 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
5643 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
5644 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
5645 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
5647 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
5648 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
5650 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
5651 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
5652 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5653 even if RunAsUser is specified.
5654 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
5655 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5656 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5657 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5658 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5659 University of Pennsylvania.
5660 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5661 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
5662 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5663 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5664 was unnecessarily awful.
5665 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5666 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5667 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5668 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5669 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5670 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5671 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5672 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5673 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5674 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5675 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5676 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5677 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
5678 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5679 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5680 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5682 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5683 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
5684 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5686 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5687 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5688 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
5689 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
5690 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5691 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5692 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5693 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5694 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5695 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5696 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5697 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
5698 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5699 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
5701 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5702 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5703 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5704 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
5705 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5706 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5707 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5708 The current values and defaults are:
5709 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5710 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
5711 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
5712 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
5713 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5714 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5715 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5716 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5717 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
5718 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5719 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5720 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5721 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5722 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5723 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
5725 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5726 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5727 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5728 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5729 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5730 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5731 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5732 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5733 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5734 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5735 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5736 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5738 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5739 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5740 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5741 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5742 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
5743 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5744 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5745 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5747 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5748 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5749 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5750 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5751 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5752 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5753 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5755 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5756 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5757 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5758 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5759 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5760 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5761 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5762 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
5763 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5764 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5766 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5767 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
5768 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5769 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5770 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
5771 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
5772 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
5773 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
5774 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
5775 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
5776 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
5777 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
5778 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
5779 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
5780 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
5781 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
5782 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
5783 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
5784 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
5785 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
5786 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5787 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
5788 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
5789 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
5790 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
5791 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
5794 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
5795 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
5796 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
5797 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
5798 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
5799 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
5800 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
5801 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
5802 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
5803 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
5804 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
5805 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
5806 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
5807 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
5808 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
5809 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
5810 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
5811 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
5812 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
5813 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5814 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
5815 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
5816 Problem noted by several people.
5817 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
5818 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
5819 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
5821 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5822 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5823 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5824 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5825 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5826 of Best Internet Communications.
5827 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
5828 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5829 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5830 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5831 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5832 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5833 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5834 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5835 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
5836 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5837 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5838 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5839 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5840 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5841 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5842 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
5844 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
5845 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5846 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5847 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5848 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
5849 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
5850 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5851 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5852 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5853 of Kyoto University.
5854 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5855 conditions from Don Lewis.
5856 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5857 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5858 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5859 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
5860 patch from Bryan Costales.
5862 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5863 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
5864 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
5865 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5866 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5867 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
5868 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5869 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
5870 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5871 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
5872 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5874 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5876 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5877 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5878 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5879 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5880 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
5881 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
5882 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
5883 than one long one. By popular demand.
5884 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
5885 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
5886 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
5887 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
5888 of NTT Software Corporation.
5889 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
5893 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
5894 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
5895 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
5896 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
5897 best-of-security list.
5898 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
5899 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
5900 should make it clearer to people that they are running
5902 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5903 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5904 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5905 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
5906 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5907 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5908 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5909 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
5910 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5911 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5912 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5913 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5914 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5915 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
5916 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5917 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5918 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5919 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5920 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
5922 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
5923 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5924 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5925 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5926 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5927 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5929 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5930 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5931 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5932 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
5933 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5934 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
5935 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
5936 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
5937 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
5938 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
5939 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5940 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
5941 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
5942 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
5943 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
5944 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
5945 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
5946 University of Linkoping.
5947 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
5948 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
5949 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5950 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
5951 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
5952 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
5953 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
5955 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
5956 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
5957 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
5958 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
5959 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
5960 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
5961 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5963 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
5964 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
5965 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
5966 Håkan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
5967 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
5968 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
5969 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
5970 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
5971 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
5972 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
5973 The outline of the implementation was contributed
5974 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
5975 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
5976 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
5977 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
5978 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
5979 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
5980 Earickson of Colby College.
5981 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
5982 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
5983 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
5985 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
5986 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
5987 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
5988 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
5989 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
5990 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
5991 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5992 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
5993 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
5994 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
5995 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
5996 University of Washington, Seattle.
5997 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
5998 Polytechnic Institute.
5999 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6000 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6002 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6004 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6006 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
6007 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6008 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6010 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6011 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6012 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6013 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6014 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6017 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
6018 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6019 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
6020 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6021 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6022 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6023 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
6024 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6026 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6027 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6029 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
6030 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6031 on illegal host names.
6032 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6033 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6034 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
6035 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6036 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6037 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6038 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6039 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6040 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6041 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6042 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
6043 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6044 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6045 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6046 University of Leicester.
6047 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6048 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6049 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6050 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
6051 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6052 University of Washington.
6054 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
6055 people pointed this out.
6056 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6057 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6058 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6059 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6060 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6061 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6062 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6063 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6065 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
6066 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6067 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
6068 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6070 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
6071 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6072 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6073 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6074 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
6075 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6076 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
6077 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6078 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
6079 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6080 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6081 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6082 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6083 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6085 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6086 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6087 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6088 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6089 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6090 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
6091 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6092 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6093 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6094 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
6095 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6096 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6097 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6098 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
6099 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6100 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6101 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6102 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6104 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6105 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6107 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6108 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6109 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6110 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6111 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
6112 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6113 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6114 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6115 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6116 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6117 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6118 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6119 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6121 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6122 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6123 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6124 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6125 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
6126 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6127 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6128 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6129 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6130 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
6131 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6132 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6133 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6134 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
6135 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6136 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6137 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6138 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6139 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6141 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6142 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
6144 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6145 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6146 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
6147 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6148 there should be no security implications. Implementation
6149 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
6150 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6151 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6152 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6153 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
6154 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6155 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6156 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6158 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6159 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6160 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6161 University of Maryland.
6162 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
6163 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6164 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6165 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6166 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6167 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
6168 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6169 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6170 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6171 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
6172 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6173 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
6174 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
6175 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6176 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
6177 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
6178 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6179 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6180 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6181 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
6183 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6184 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6185 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
6186 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6187 is for incoming connections only.
6188 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
6189 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6190 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
6191 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
6192 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6193 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6194 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6195 (e.g., due to connection caching).
6196 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6197 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6198 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6199 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
6200 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6201 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6202 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6203 that take a very long time to run.
6204 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
6205 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6206 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6207 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6208 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
6209 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6210 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6211 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6212 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6213 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6214 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
6216 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6217 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6219 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6220 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6221 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6222 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6223 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6224 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6225 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6226 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6227 different for this case.
6228 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6229 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6230 of Stanford University.
6231 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6232 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6233 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
6234 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6235 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6236 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
6237 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6238 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6239 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
6240 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6241 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6242 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6243 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
6244 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6245 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6246 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6247 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6248 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6249 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6251 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6252 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6253 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
6254 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6255 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6256 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
6257 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6258 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6260 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6261 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6263 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6264 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6265 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6266 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
6267 either of these in their configuration file.
6268 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6269 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
6270 St. Peter's College.
6271 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6272 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
6273 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6274 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6275 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
6276 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6277 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6278 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
6279 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6281 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6282 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6283 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
6284 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6285 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6286 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
6287 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6288 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6289 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6290 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6292 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6293 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6294 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6295 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6296 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6297 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6298 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6299 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6300 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6301 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6302 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6304 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
6305 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6306 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6307 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6308 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6310 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
6311 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6312 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6313 See also the src/READ_ME file.
6314 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6315 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
6316 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6317 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6318 two characters $, +.
6319 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6321 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6322 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6323 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6325 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6326 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
6328 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6329 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6330 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
6331 Beck of InReference, Inc.
6332 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
6333 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
6334 Computing Corporation.
6335 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
6336 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
6337 Internet Communications.
6338 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
6339 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
6340 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
6342 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
6343 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
6344 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
6345 of the University of Iceland.
6346 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
6347 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
6348 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
6349 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
6350 this change is a no-op.
6351 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
6353 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
6355 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
6356 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6357 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
6358 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6359 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
6360 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6361 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
6362 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
6363 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
6364 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6365 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
6366 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
6367 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
6369 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
6370 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
6371 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6372 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
6373 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
6374 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
6375 easily determine what messages are to their role as
6376 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
6377 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
6378 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
6379 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
6380 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
6381 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
6382 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
6383 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
6384 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
6385 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
6386 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
6387 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
6388 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
6389 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
6390 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
6391 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
6392 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
6393 of Stanford University.
6394 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
6395 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
6396 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
6397 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
6398 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
6399 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
6400 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
6401 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
6402 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
6403 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
6404 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
6405 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
6406 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6407 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
6409 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
6410 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
6411 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
6412 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
6413 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
6414 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
6415 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
6416 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
6417 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
6418 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
6419 value is ".hoststat".
6420 There are also two new operation modes:
6421 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
6423 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
6424 recent status information.
6425 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
6426 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
6427 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
6428 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
6429 framework is gratefully appreciated.
6430 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
6431 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
6432 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
6433 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
6434 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
6435 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
6436 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
6437 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
6438 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
6439 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
6440 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
6441 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
6442 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
6444 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
6445 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6446 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
6447 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
6448 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
6449 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6450 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
6451 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
6452 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
6453 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
6454 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
6456 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
6457 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
6458 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
6459 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
6460 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
6461 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
6462 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
6463 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
6464 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
6465 of Washington, Seattle.
6466 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
6467 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
6468 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
6469 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
6470 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
6471 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
6472 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
6473 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
6474 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
6476 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
6477 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
6478 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
6479 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
6480 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
6481 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
6482 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
6483 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
6484 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
6486 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
6487 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
6488 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
6489 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
6490 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
6491 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
6492 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
6493 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
6494 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
6495 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
6496 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
6497 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
6498 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
6499 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
6500 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
6501 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
6503 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
6504 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
6505 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
6506 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
6507 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6508 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
6509 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6510 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
6511 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
6512 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
6513 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
6514 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
6515 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
6516 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
6517 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
6518 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
6519 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
6520 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
6521 National University of Singapore.
6522 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
6523 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
6524 system can't cope with.
6526 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
6527 Atlas International.
6528 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
6530 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
6531 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
6532 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
6533 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
6534 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
6535 Bernstein and Associates.
6536 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
6537 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
6538 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
6539 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
6540 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6541 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
6542 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
6543 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
6544 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
6545 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
6546 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
6547 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
6548 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
6549 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6550 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
6551 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6553 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
6554 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
6555 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
6556 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
6557 Employment Standards Administration.
6558 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
6559 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
6561 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
6562 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
6563 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
6564 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
6565 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
6566 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
6567 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
6568 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
6569 of the University of Arizona.
6570 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
6571 Vanderbilt University.
6572 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
6573 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
6574 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
6575 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6576 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
6577 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6578 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
6579 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
6580 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
6582 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
6583 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
6584 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
6585 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
6587 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
6588 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
6589 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
6590 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
6591 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
6592 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
6593 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
6594 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
6595 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
6596 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
6597 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
6598 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
6599 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
6600 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
6601 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
6602 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
6603 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
6604 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6605 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
6606 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
6607 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
6608 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
6609 info@foo.com foo-info
6610 info@bar.com bar-info
6611 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
6612 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
6613 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
6614 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
6615 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
6616 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
6617 a great many people.
6618 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
6619 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
6620 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
6622 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
6623 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
6624 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
6625 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
6626 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
6627 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
6628 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
6629 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
6630 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
6631 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
6632 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
6633 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
6634 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
6635 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
6636 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
6637 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
6638 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
6639 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
6640 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
6642 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
6643 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
6644 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6645 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
6646 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
6647 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
6648 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
6649 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
6650 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
6651 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6652 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6653 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6654 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6655 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
6657 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6658 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6659 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6660 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6662 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6663 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
6664 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6665 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6666 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6667 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6668 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
6669 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6670 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6671 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6672 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6673 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6674 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6675 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
6677 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6678 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6679 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6680 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6682 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6683 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6684 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6685 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6686 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6687 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6688 mailstats/mailstats.8
6689 praliases/praliases.8
6690 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6691 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6692 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6693 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6694 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6698 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6700 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6702 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6706 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6707 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
6708 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
6709 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6710 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6712 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
6713 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6714 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6715 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
6716 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6717 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6718 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6719 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
6720 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6722 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
6723 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6724 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6725 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6726 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6727 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6730 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
6731 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6732 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6733 any user (except root).
6734 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6735 version number is unchanged.
6737 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
6738 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6739 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
6740 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6741 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6742 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
6743 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6744 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6745 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
6748 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6749 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6750 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
6751 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6752 Stanford University.
6753 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6754 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6756 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
6757 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6758 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
6759 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6760 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6761 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6762 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
6763 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6764 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
6765 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6766 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6767 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6768 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
6770 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6771 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
6772 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
6773 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
6774 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
6775 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
6776 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
6777 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
6778 bounces when it should have requeued.
6779 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
6780 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
6781 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
6782 John Hawkinson of Panix.
6783 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
6784 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
6785 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
6786 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
6787 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
6788 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
6789 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
6791 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
6792 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
6793 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
6794 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
6795 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
6796 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
6797 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
6798 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
6799 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
6800 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6801 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
6802 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
6803 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6804 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
6806 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
6807 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
6808 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6809 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
6810 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
6811 included even if the user did not request success notification,
6812 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6813 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
6814 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
6815 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
6816 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
6817 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
6818 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
6820 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6821 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
6822 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6823 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6824 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6825 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6826 Technological University.
6827 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6828 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
6829 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6830 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6831 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
6832 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6833 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6834 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6835 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6836 to have the database format of the alias files without the
6837 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6839 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6840 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6841 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6842 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6843 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6845 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6846 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
6847 Association for Progressive Communications.
6848 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6849 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6850 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6851 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6852 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
6853 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6854 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6856 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6857 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
6858 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
6859 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6860 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6861 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6862 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
6863 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6864 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
6865 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6867 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6868 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
6869 James B. Davis of TCI.
6870 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
6871 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6872 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6873 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
6874 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6875 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6876 isn't supported on all compilers.
6877 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6878 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6879 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6880 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
6881 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
6882 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
6883 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
6885 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
6886 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
6887 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
6888 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
6889 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
6890 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
6891 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
6892 for different files.
6893 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
6894 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
6895 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6896 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
6897 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
6900 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
6901 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6902 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6903 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
6904 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6905 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6906 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6907 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6908 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6909 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6910 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6911 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6912 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
6913 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6914 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6915 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6916 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6917 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6918 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
6919 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6920 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6921 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6922 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6923 results. This could have security implications.
6924 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6925 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6926 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6927 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6928 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
6929 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6930 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
6932 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
6933 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6934 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
6935 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
6936 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
6937 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
6938 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
6939 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
6940 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
6941 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
6942 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
6943 domain names are your friends.
6944 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
6945 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
6946 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
6947 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
6948 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
6949 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
6950 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
6951 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
6953 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
6954 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
6955 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
6956 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
6959 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
6960 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
6961 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
6962 file and SGI standards. From Andre
6963 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
6964 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
6965 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
6966 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
6967 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
6968 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
6969 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
6970 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
6971 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
6972 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6973 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
6974 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
6975 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6976 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
6977 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
6978 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
6979 Infobiogen (France).
6981 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6982 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6983 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
6986 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
6987 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
6988 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
6989 Global Communications.
6990 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
6991 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
6992 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
6993 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
6994 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
6995 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
6996 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6997 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
6998 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7000 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7001 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7002 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7003 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7004 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7005 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7006 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7007 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7008 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7010 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7011 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7012 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7013 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
7014 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7015 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7016 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
7017 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
7018 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
7019 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7020 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7021 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7022 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7023 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7024 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7025 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7026 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7027 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7028 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7029 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7030 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7031 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
7032 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7033 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7034 Swarthmore University.
7035 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7036 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7037 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7038 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7040 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7041 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7043 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7044 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7045 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7046 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7047 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7048 and the parsed address.
7049 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7050 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7051 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
7052 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7053 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
7054 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7056 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7058 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7059 `mapname' and return the result.
7060 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7061 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7062 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7063 the header for envelope sender information and uses
7064 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
7065 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7066 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7068 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7069 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7070 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
7071 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7072 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7073 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7074 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7075 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7076 of Michigan Technological University.
7077 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7078 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7079 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7080 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
7081 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
7082 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7083 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
7085 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7086 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7087 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
7088 the error message. It was especially weird because it
7089 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7090 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
7091 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7092 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7093 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
7094 should have minimal impact on external function.
7095 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7096 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7098 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7104 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7105 C CheckpointInterval
7107 D AutoRebuildAliases
7120 k ConnectionCacheSize
7121 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
7148 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7149 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7150 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
7153 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
7154 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7155 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7156 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7157 specify "V6" in the configuration.
7158 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7159 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7160 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7161 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
7162 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7163 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7164 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7165 This requires config file support to get right. It does
7166 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7167 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7168 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7169 A Addresses are aliasable.
7170 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7171 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
7172 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7173 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7174 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7175 recipient mailer flags.
7176 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7177 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7179 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7180 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7181 : Check for :include: on this address.
7182 | Check for |program on this address.
7183 / Check for /file on this address.
7184 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
7185 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
7186 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7187 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7188 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7189 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7190 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7191 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
7192 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7193 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7194 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
7195 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7196 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
7197 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7198 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7199 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7200 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7201 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7202 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
7203 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7204 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7205 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
7206 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7207 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7208 (essentially, the full MIME option).
7209 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7210 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7211 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7212 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
7214 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7216 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7217 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7218 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7219 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7220 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7221 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7222 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
7223 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7224 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
7225 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7226 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
7227 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7228 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7229 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7230 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7231 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
7232 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7233 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7234 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7235 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7236 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7237 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
7238 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7239 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7240 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
7241 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7242 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7243 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7245 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7246 fashion as the U= mailer option.
7247 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7248 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
7249 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7250 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7251 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7252 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7253 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
7254 from Chip Rosenthal.
7255 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7258 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7259 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
7260 set them both the preferred new syntax is
7261 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7262 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7263 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7264 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7265 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
7266 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7267 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
7268 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7269 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7270 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
7271 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7272 contribution was to make it configurable).
7273 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7274 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7275 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7276 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7277 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7278 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7279 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7280 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7281 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7283 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7285 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7286 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7287 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7288 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7289 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7290 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
7291 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7292 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7293 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
7294 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7296 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7297 :include: and .forward files.
7298 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7299 key field name, the value field name, and the field
7300 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
7301 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7302 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7303 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7304 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7305 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7306 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
7308 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
7309 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
7310 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
7311 Hutton of Indiana University.
7312 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
7313 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7314 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7315 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
7316 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
7317 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7318 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
7319 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7320 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7321 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7322 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7324 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
7325 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7326 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
7327 are from sysexits.h.
7328 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7329 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
7332 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
7333 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
7334 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
7335 map2 is searched and the value returned.
7336 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
7337 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
7338 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
7339 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
7340 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
7341 For example, if the declaration of the map is
7342 Ksample switch hosts
7343 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
7344 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
7346 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
7347 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
7348 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
7349 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
7350 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
7351 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
7352 the -m (matchonly) flag.
7353 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
7354 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
7355 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
7356 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
7357 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
7358 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
7359 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
7360 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
7361 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
7362 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
7363 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
7364 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
7365 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
7366 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
7367 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
7368 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
7369 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
7370 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
7371 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
7372 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
7373 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
7374 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
7375 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
7376 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
7377 an /etc/hosts entry reads
7378 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
7379 this change will use the second name as the canonical
7380 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
7381 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
7382 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
7383 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
7384 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
7385 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
7386 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
7387 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
7388 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
7389 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
7390 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
7391 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
7392 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
7393 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
7394 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
7395 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
7396 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7397 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
7398 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
7399 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
7400 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
7401 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
7402 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
7403 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
7404 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
7405 much longer than the specified timeout.
7406 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
7407 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
7408 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
7409 denial-of-service attack.
7410 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
7411 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
7412 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7413 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
7414 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
7415 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
7416 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
7417 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
7418 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
7419 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
7420 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
7421 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
7422 actually file lookups.
7423 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
7424 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
7425 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
7426 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
7427 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
7428 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
7429 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
7430 support for them has been removed.
7431 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
7432 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
7433 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
7434 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
7435 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
7436 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
7437 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
7438 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
7439 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
7440 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
7441 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
7442 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
7443 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
7444 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
7445 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
7446 also improves the connection cache utilization.
7447 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
7448 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
7449 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
7450 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
7451 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
7452 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
7453 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
7454 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
7455 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
7457 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
7458 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
7459 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
7460 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
7461 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
7462 option can give the network software time to establish
7463 the link. The default units are seconds.
7464 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
7465 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
7466 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
7467 Defense Information Systems Agency.
7468 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
7469 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
7470 the National Computer Security Center.
7471 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
7472 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
7473 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
7474 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
7475 the mailprio scripts (see below).
7476 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
7477 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
7478 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
7479 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
7480 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
7481 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
7482 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
7483 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
7484 University Computing Service.
7485 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
7486 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
7487 the University of Kentucky.
7488 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
7489 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
7490 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
7491 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
7492 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
7493 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
7494 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
7495 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
7497 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
7498 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
7499 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
7500 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
7501 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
7502 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
7503 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
7504 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
7505 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
7506 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
7507 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
7508 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
7509 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
7510 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
7511 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
7512 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
7513 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
7514 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
7515 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
7516 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
7518 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
7519 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
7520 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
7521 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
7522 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
7523 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
7524 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
7525 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
7526 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
7527 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
7528 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
7529 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7530 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
7531 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
7533 None Leave the message as is. The
7534 message will be passed on even
7535 though it is in technically
7537 Add-To Add a To: header with any
7538 recipients that it can find from
7539 the envelope. This risks exposing
7541 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
7542 has almost no redeeming social value,
7543 and is provided only for back
7545 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
7546 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
7547 which will have the effect of
7548 making the message legal without
7549 exposing Bcc: recipients.
7550 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
7551 There is a chance that mailers down
7552 the line will delete this header,
7553 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
7555 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
7556 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
7557 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
7558 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
7559 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
7560 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
7561 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
7562 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
7563 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
7564 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
7565 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
7566 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
7567 For example, if you run with
7568 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
7569 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
7570 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
7571 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
7572 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
7573 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
7574 entries. For example, given the aliases:
7577 and an alias file declared as:
7578 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
7579 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
7580 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
7581 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7582 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
7583 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
7584 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
7586 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
7587 to be simpler and more consistent.
7588 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
7589 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
7590 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
7591 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7592 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
7593 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
7594 This may affect some people who have written their own
7595 checkcompat() routine.
7596 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
7597 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
7598 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
7599 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
7600 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
7601 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
7602 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
7603 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
7604 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
7605 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
7606 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
7608 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
7609 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
7610 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
7611 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
7612 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
7613 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
7614 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
7615 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
7616 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
7617 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
7618 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
7619 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
7620 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
7621 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
7622 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
7623 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
7624 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
7625 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
7627 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7628 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
7629 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
7630 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
7631 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
7632 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
7633 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
7634 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
7635 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
7636 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
7637 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
7638 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
7639 is added between the first and second word of the first
7640 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
7641 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
7642 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
7643 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
7644 old sendmails understand.
7645 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
7646 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
7647 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
7648 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
7649 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
7650 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
7651 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7652 data -- for example,
7653 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7654 (romanized/less information)
7655 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7656 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7657 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7658 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7659 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7660 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7661 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7662 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7663 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7664 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7665 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
7666 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
7667 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7668 Eric Prestemon of American University.
7669 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7670 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7671 increment on the background value).
7672 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
7673 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
7674 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7675 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7676 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7677 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7678 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7679 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7680 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
7681 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7682 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7683 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7684 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
7685 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
7686 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7687 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7688 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
7689 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7690 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7691 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7692 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7693 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
7694 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7695 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7696 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7697 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7698 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7699 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7700 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7701 service type is "files".
7702 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
7703 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7705 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7706 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
7707 contributed by SunSoft.
7708 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7709 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
7710 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7711 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7712 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
7713 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7714 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
7715 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7716 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7717 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7718 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7719 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7720 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
7721 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7722 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7723 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7724 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7725 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7726 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7727 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
7728 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7729 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7730 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7731 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7732 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
7733 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7734 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7735 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7736 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7737 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7738 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
7739 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7740 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7741 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7743 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7744 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
7746 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7747 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7748 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7749 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
7751 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
7752 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7753 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7754 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7755 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7756 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7757 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7758 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7759 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
7760 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7761 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7762 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7763 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7765 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7766 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
7767 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7768 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7769 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7770 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7771 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
7772 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
7773 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
7774 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
7775 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
7776 of Sun Microsystems.
7777 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
7778 is at least 50% faster.
7779 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
7780 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
7782 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
7783 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7784 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
7785 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
7786 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
7787 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
7788 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
7789 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
7790 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
7791 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
7792 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
7793 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
7794 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
7795 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
7796 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
7797 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
7799 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
7801 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
7802 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
7803 Global Information Solutions.
7804 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
7805 From Motonori Nakamura.
7806 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
7808 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
7809 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
7810 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
7811 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
7812 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
7813 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
7814 James of British Telecom.
7815 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
7816 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
7817 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
7818 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
7819 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
7820 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7821 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
7822 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7823 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7824 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
7825 a bad guy can read your private files.
7827 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7828 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7829 University. This expands the disk size
7830 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7831 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7832 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7833 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7834 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7835 Linux Makefile typo.
7836 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7837 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7838 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7840 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
7841 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7842 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
7843 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7844 This requires adaptation of code that really
7845 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7846 addresses or nameserver fields.''
7847 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
7848 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7849 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7850 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7851 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7852 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7854 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7855 match all the other configuration files. Fix
7856 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7857 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
7858 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7859 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
7860 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7861 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7862 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7863 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
7865 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7866 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7867 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7868 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
7869 of Ohio State University.
7870 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7871 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7873 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
7874 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
7876 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7877 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7879 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7880 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
7882 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7883 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
7884 Rochester Medical Center.
7885 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
7886 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
7887 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
7888 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
7889 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
7890 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
7891 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
7893 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
7894 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
7895 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
7897 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
7898 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
7899 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
7900 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7901 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7902 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7903 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7904 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7905 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7906 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7908 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7909 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7910 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7911 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7912 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7913 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7914 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7915 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7916 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7917 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7918 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7919 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7920 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7921 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7923 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7924 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7925 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
7926 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7927 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7928 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
7929 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7930 on the file, but it should be quite small.
7931 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
7932 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7933 giving the local administrator more control over what
7934 programs can be run from sendmail.
7935 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
7936 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
7937 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
7939 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
7940 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
7941 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
7942 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
7943 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
7944 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
7945 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
7946 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7947 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
7948 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
7949 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
7950 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
7951 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
7952 arbitrary directory -- use either:
7953 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7955 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7956 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
7958 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
7959 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
7960 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
7962 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
7963 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
7964 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
7965 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7966 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
7967 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
7969 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
7970 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
7971 just unqualified ones.
7972 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
7973 was never used and didn't work anyway.
7974 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
7975 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
7976 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
7977 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
7978 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
7979 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
7981 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
7982 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
7983 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
7984 this is expected to be another sendmail.
7985 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
7986 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
7987 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
7988 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
7989 Rosenthal of Unicom.
7990 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
7991 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
7992 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
7993 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
7994 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
7995 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
7996 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
7997 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
7999 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8000 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8002 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8003 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8004 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
8005 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8006 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8007 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8008 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
8009 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8010 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8011 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8012 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8013 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8014 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
8015 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8016 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8017 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
8018 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8019 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8020 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8021 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8022 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8023 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8024 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8025 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8026 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
8027 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8028 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
8029 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8030 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8031 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8032 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8033 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
8034 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8036 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8037 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8038 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8039 Information Systems Agency.
8040 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8041 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8042 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8043 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8044 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8045 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8046 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
8047 that really can be used in the real world.
8048 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8049 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8050 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8051 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8052 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8053 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8054 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8055 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
8057 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
8058 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8059 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8060 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8062 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8063 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8064 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8065 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
8066 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8067 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8068 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8069 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8070 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8071 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
8072 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8073 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8074 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8075 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8076 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8077 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8078 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
8079 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8080 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8081 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
8082 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8083 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8084 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
8086 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8087 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8088 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8089 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8090 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8093 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8095 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8096 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8097 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8098 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8099 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8100 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8101 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8103 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8104 cf/domain/generic.m4
8105 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8106 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8107 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8109 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8110 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8114 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8115 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8116 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8117 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8122 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8125 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8126 mail.local/mail.local.0
8132 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8133 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8134 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8135 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8136 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8137 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8138 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8139 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8140 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8141 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8142 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8143 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8144 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8145 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8146 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8147 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8148 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8149 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8150 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8158 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8159 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8160 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8161 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8162 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8163 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8164 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8165 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8166 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8167 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8168 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8169 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8170 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8171 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8172 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8173 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8174 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8175 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8176 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8177 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8178 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8183 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8185 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8186 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8187 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8188 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8189 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8190 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8191 contrib/rcpt-streaming
8192 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8194 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
8195 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8196 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8197 any user (except root).
8198 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8199 version number is unchanged.
8201 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
8202 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8203 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
8204 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8205 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8206 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8208 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8209 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8212 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
8213 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8214 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8215 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8216 message when attempted from IDENT.
8217 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8218 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
8219 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
8220 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8221 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8222 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8224 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8225 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
8227 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8228 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
8229 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8230 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8231 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8232 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
8233 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8235 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8236 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
8238 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
8240 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8241 and Liudvikas Bukys.
8242 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8243 from Spider Boardman.
8244 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8247 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
8248 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8249 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8250 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8251 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8252 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8253 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
8255 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8256 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8257 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8258 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8259 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8260 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
8261 University of Texas.
8262 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8263 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8264 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8265 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8266 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8267 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8269 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8270 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
8271 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8272 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8273 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8274 with a lot of arguments).
8275 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8276 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8277 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8279 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8280 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8281 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8282 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8284 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8285 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8286 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
8287 some of the map code.
8288 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8291 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
8292 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8293 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8294 may have some security implications.
8295 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8296 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
8297 Hill of the University of Iowa.
8298 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
8299 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8300 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8301 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
8302 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8303 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8304 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8306 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8307 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8308 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
8309 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8310 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
8311 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8313 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8314 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
8315 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8316 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8317 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
8318 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8319 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8320 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
8321 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8322 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8323 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8324 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8325 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
8326 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
8327 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8328 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
8329 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8331 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8332 message to explain how much space was available and
8333 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
8334 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
8335 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
8336 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
8337 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
8338 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
8339 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
8340 moves things more towards what will probably become a
8341 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
8343 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
8344 without recompiling.
8345 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
8346 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
8348 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
8349 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
8350 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
8351 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
8352 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
8353 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
8354 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
8355 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
8356 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
8357 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
8358 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
8359 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
8361 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
8362 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
8363 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
8364 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
8365 refused" response, and that the connection can be
8366 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
8367 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
8368 size around and can never start listening to connections
8369 again. The down side is that someone could start up
8370 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
8371 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
8372 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
8373 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
8374 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
8375 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
8377 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
8378 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
8379 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
8380 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
8381 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
8382 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
8383 doc directory. This includes some additional
8385 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
8386 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
8387 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
8388 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
8389 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
8390 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
8391 loop the mail, which was bad news.
8393 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
8394 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8395 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
8396 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
8397 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8398 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
8399 Newcastle upon Tyne.
8400 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
8402 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
8403 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
8404 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8405 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
8408 src/Makefile.NCR3000
8409 doc/changes/Makefile
8410 doc/changes/changes.me
8411 doc/changes/changes.ps
8413 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
8414 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
8415 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
8416 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
8418 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
8419 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
8420 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
8421 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
8424 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
8425 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
8426 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
8427 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
8428 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
8430 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
8431 in the connection cache for a long time under some
8432 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
8433 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
8434 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
8435 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
8436 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
8437 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
8438 from a local user to another local user. From
8439 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8440 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
8441 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
8442 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8443 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
8444 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
8445 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
8446 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
8447 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
8448 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
8449 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
8450 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
8451 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
8452 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
8453 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
8454 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
8455 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
8456 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
8458 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
8460 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
8461 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
8462 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
8463 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
8464 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
8465 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
8466 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
8467 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
8469 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
8470 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
8471 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
8472 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
8474 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
8475 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
8476 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
8477 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
8478 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
8479 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
8480 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
8481 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
8482 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
8483 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
8484 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
8485 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
8486 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
8487 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
8488 security implications. Suggested by several people.
8489 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
8490 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
8491 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
8492 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
8494 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
8495 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
8496 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
8497 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
8498 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
8499 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
8500 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8501 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
8502 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
8503 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
8504 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
8505 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
8506 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
8507 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
8508 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
8509 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
8510 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
8511 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
8512 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
8513 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
8514 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8515 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
8516 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
8517 didn't see the class items being added.
8518 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
8519 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
8520 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
8522 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
8523 but sets h_errno to a success value.
8524 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
8525 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
8526 address specified in the P option). This fix should
8527 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
8528 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
8530 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
8531 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
8532 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
8533 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
8534 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
8535 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
8536 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
8538 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
8539 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
8540 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
8542 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
8543 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
8544 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
8545 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
8546 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
8548 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
8549 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
8550 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
8551 University of Washington.
8552 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
8553 don't have an ``=value'' part.
8554 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
8555 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
8556 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
8557 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
8558 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
8559 of Cambridge University.
8560 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
8561 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
8562 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
8563 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
8564 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
8565 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
8566 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
8567 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
8568 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
8569 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
8570 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
8571 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
8572 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
8573 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
8575 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
8576 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
8577 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
8578 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
8579 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
8580 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
8581 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
8582 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
8583 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
8584 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
8585 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
8586 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
8587 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
8588 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
8589 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
8590 size for various mailers.
8591 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
8592 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
8593 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8594 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
8595 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
8596 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
8597 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
8598 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
8599 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
8601 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
8602 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
8603 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
8604 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
8605 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
8606 Michel of Thomson CSF.
8607 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
8608 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
8609 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
8610 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
8611 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
8612 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
8613 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
8614 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
8615 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
8616 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
8617 University of Sydney.
8618 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
8619 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
8620 This is because of the known bug where definition of
8621 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
8622 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
8623 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
8624 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
8625 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
8626 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
8628 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
8629 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
8630 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
8631 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
8632 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
8635 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
8636 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8637 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
8638 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
8639 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
8640 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8641 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
8642 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
8643 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
8645 src/Makefile.DomainOS
8647 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
8648 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
8649 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8651 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8656 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
8657 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8658 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
8659 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8660 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8661 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
8662 permissions they should not have had (usually group
8663 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
8664 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8665 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8666 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8667 Although this does not respond to a specific known
8668 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
8669 Christian Wettergren.
8670 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8671 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8672 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8673 program by putting that in their .forward file.
8674 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8675 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8676 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
8677 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
8678 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8679 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8680 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8681 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8682 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8683 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8684 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8685 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
8686 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8687 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8688 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8689 connection to create problems on the current job.
8690 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8692 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8693 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8694 problem that ignored the load average in locally
8695 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
8696 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
8697 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8698 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8699 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8700 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8701 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8702 when sending error messages. This resulted in
8703 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
8704 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
8705 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8706 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8707 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
8708 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8709 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8710 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8711 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
8712 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8713 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8714 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8715 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8716 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
8718 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8719 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8720 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8721 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8722 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8723 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
8724 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8725 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8726 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
8727 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8728 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8729 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8730 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8731 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
8732 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8733 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8734 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8735 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8736 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8737 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8738 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8739 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8741 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8742 of from a clean exit.
8743 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8744 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8745 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8746 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8747 as the subject of an error message, even though the
8748 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8749 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8750 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
8752 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8753 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
8754 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
8755 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8756 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8757 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8758 says that they should be ignored.
8759 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8760 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8761 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
8762 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8764 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8765 documented in the Bat Book.
8766 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8767 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8768 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8769 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8770 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8771 code during some parts of connection initialization.
8772 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
8773 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
8774 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
8775 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
8776 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8777 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
8778 of Kyoto University.
8779 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
8780 From P{r Emanuelsson.
8781 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
8782 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
8783 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
8785 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
8786 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
8787 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
8788 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
8790 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
8791 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
8792 illegal addresses appearing there).
8793 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
8795 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
8797 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
8798 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
8799 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
8800 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
8801 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
8802 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
8803 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
8804 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
8805 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
8806 by the other end closing the connection. From
8807 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
8808 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
8809 to include a host name or other useful information.
8810 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
8812 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
8813 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
8814 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
8815 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
8816 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
8817 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
8818 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
8819 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
8820 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8822 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8823 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8824 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8825 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8826 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8827 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8828 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
8829 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8830 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8831 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8832 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8833 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8834 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
8835 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8836 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8837 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8838 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8839 of the Institute for Global Communications.
8840 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8841 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
8842 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8843 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8844 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8845 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8846 Portability fixes for:
8847 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8848 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8849 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8850 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8851 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8852 of Stoner Associates.
8853 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8854 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8855 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8857 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8858 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8859 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8860 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8861 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8863 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8865 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8866 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8867 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
8868 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8869 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8870 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8871 since this is intended only for internal use, the
8872 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
8873 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8874 addresses when relaying internally.
8875 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8876 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
8877 provided by Peter Wemm.
8878 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8879 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
8880 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
8881 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
8882 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
8883 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
8884 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
8885 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
8887 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
8888 rather than letting them get "local configuration
8889 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
8890 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
8891 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
8892 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
8893 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
8894 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
8895 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
8896 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
8897 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
8898 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
8899 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
8900 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8901 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
8903 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
8904 Jim Murray of Stratus.
8905 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8906 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
8907 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8908 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8909 the local name prepended.
8910 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8911 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8912 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8913 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
8914 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8915 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
8916 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8917 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8918 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8919 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8920 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8921 :include: files and accounts that have shells
8922 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
8923 cause some .forward files that have worked
8924 before to start failing.
8925 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8929 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8930 src/Makefile.Mach386
8937 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
8939 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
8941 makemap/Makefile.dist
8942 praliases/Makefile.dist
8944 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
8945 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
8946 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
8947 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
8948 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
8949 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
8951 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
8952 in a few critical places.
8953 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
8954 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
8955 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
8956 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
8957 and High-Energy Physics.
8958 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
8959 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
8961 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
8962 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
8963 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
8965 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
8966 really become relevant in the next release, but some
8967 people need it for local patches. From Michael
8968 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8969 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
8970 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
8971 these can have different values depending on which
8972 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
8973 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
8974 what uid/gid processes ran as.
8975 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
8976 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
8977 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
8979 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
8980 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
8981 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
8982 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
8983 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
8985 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
8986 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
8987 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
8988 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8989 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
8990 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
8992 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
8993 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
8994 addresses that get return-receipts.
8995 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
8996 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
8997 and end up sending the message several times.
8998 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
8999 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9001 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9002 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
9003 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9004 Cornell University Medical College.
9005 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9006 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9007 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9008 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
9010 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9011 connections fail during message collection. From
9013 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9014 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9015 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9017 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9018 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
9019 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9020 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9021 by non-root users were not put into
9022 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9023 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
9024 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9025 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9026 could get confused as to whether a database was
9028 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9029 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9030 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
9031 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9032 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9033 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9034 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9035 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9036 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9038 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
9039 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9040 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9041 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9042 propagated to the queue file.
9045 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9046 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9047 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9048 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9049 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9050 header files but don't have the syscall.
9051 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9053 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9054 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9055 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9056 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9057 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9058 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9059 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9060 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9061 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9062 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9063 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9064 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9065 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9066 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
9068 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9069 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
9071 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9072 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9073 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9074 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9075 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
9076 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9077 files that you should be able to read but have previously
9078 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9080 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9081 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9082 MX suppression will still work.
9083 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9084 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
9085 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9086 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9087 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9088 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
9090 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9092 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9093 trying to send the original message if the connection
9094 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9095 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
9096 by John Myers of CMU.
9097 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9099 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9100 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9101 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9102 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
9103 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9104 queue interval. This is an important fix.
9105 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9106 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9107 ruleset testing a bit easier.
9108 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9109 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9111 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9112 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
9113 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
9114 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9116 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9117 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9118 Harvey Mudd College.
9119 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9120 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
9121 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9122 their full name information.
9123 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9124 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9125 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
9126 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9127 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9128 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9129 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9130 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9131 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9132 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9133 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
9134 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9135 PC TCP/IP implementations.
9136 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9137 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
9138 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
9139 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9141 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9142 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9144 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9145 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
9146 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
9147 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9148 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9149 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9150 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9151 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9152 that claims to be itself works properly.
9153 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9154 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9155 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9156 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9157 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9158 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
9159 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9160 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9161 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9162 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9163 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9165 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9166 true address to still send to the original address
9167 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9168 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9169 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9170 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
9171 more trouble than it was worth.
9172 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9173 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
9174 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9175 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
9176 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9177 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9178 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9180 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9181 messages don't come out with stale information.
9182 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9183 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9184 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9185 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
9187 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9188 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
9190 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9191 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
9193 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9194 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9195 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9196 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9197 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9198 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9199 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9200 that does bulk data transfer).
9201 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
9203 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
9204 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9205 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9206 bogus config files that were not caught.
9207 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9208 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9209 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9210 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9211 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9212 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9213 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9214 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9215 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9216 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9217 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9218 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9219 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9220 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9221 opened or if running with no database format defined.
9222 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9223 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9224 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9225 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
9226 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9228 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9229 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9230 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
9231 to match regular entries.
9232 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9233 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9234 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9235 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9236 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9237 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9238 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9239 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9240 error message so that the "subject" line of return
9241 messages is the best possible.
9242 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9243 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9244 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9245 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9246 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9247 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9248 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9249 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9250 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9251 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9252 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
9253 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9255 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9256 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9257 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9258 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9259 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9260 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9261 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9262 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9263 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9264 addresses in any detail.
9265 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9266 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9267 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9268 with an address such as "!foo".
9269 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9270 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
9271 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9272 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
9276 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9277 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9278 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9279 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9280 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9281 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
9282 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9283 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9284 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
9286 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9287 are no DNS records matching the name.
9288 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9289 original message was received ... from localhost".
9290 The correct original host information is now included.
9291 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9292 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
9293 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
9294 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9295 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9296 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9297 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9298 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9299 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
9300 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9301 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
9302 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9303 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9306 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
9307 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9308 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9309 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9310 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
9311 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9312 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9313 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9314 are really configuration errors. This option is
9315 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9317 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9318 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
9319 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9320 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9321 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
9323 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9324 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9325 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
9326 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9327 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
9328 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9329 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9330 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9331 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
9332 of dickering with error handling (see below).
9333 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
9334 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
9336 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
9337 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
9338 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
9340 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
9341 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
9342 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
9343 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
9344 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
9345 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
9346 connection rather than sending QUIT.
9347 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
9348 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
9349 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
9350 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
9351 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9352 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
9353 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
9354 core dumps on some machines.
9355 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
9356 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
9357 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
9358 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
9359 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
9360 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
9361 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
9362 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
9363 some true error conditions.
9364 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
9365 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
9366 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
9367 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
9368 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
9369 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
9370 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
9371 by Motonori Nakamura.
9372 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
9373 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
9374 caused error messages to be handled differently during
9375 a queue run than a direct run.
9376 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
9377 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
9378 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
9379 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
9380 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
9381 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
9382 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
9384 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
9385 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
9386 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
9387 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
9388 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
9389 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
9390 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
9391 is appropriately functional.
9392 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
9393 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
9394 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
9395 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
9396 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
9397 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
9398 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
9399 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
9401 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
9402 process group id. The original fix was to get around
9403 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
9404 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
9405 different from the process id. I could try to fix
9406 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
9407 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
9409 Portability changes:
9410 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
9411 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
9412 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
9413 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
9415 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
9416 help other strict ANSI compilers.
9417 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
9419 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
9420 documentation apparently doesn't define
9421 __STDC__ by default).
9422 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
9423 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
9425 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
9426 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
9427 several people have made a good argument that this
9428 creates more problems than it solves (although this
9429 may prove painful in the short run).
9430 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
9432 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
9433 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
9434 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
9435 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
9436 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
9437 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
9438 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
9439 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
9440 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
9441 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
9442 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
9443 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
9444 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
9445 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
9446 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
9447 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9448 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
9449 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
9450 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
9451 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
9452 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
9453 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
9454 environments. Ugly as sin.
9457 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
9458 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
9459 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
9460 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
9461 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
9462 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
9463 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
9464 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
9465 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
9466 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
9467 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
9469 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
9471 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
9472 compatibility library. This also adds a new
9473 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
9474 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
9475 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
9476 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
9477 for quick test cases.
9478 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
9479 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
9480 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
9481 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
9482 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
9483 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
9484 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
9485 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
9486 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
9487 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
9488 From Michael Corrigan.
9489 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
9490 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
9491 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9492 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
9493 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
9494 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
9495 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
9496 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
9497 Christophe Wolfhugel.
9498 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
9501 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
9502 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
9503 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
9504 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
9505 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
9506 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
9507 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
9508 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
9510 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
9511 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
9512 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
9513 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
9514 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
9515 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
9516 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
9517 match the other flags in that file.
9518 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
9519 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
9520 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
9521 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
9522 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
9523 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
9524 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
9525 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
9526 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
9527 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
9528 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
9529 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
9530 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
9531 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9532 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
9533 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
9534 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
9535 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
9536 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
9537 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
9538 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
9539 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
9540 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
9541 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
9542 the root and directories leading up to your home);
9543 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
9545 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
9546 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
9547 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
9548 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
9549 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
9550 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
9551 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
9552 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
9553 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
9554 is separate; this is just intended to work around
9555 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
9556 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
9557 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
9558 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
9559 matching without a null it never tries again with a
9560 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
9561 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
9562 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
9563 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
9564 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
9565 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
9567 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
9568 will insert the appropriate full name information;
9569 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
9571 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
9572 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
9573 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
9574 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
9575 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
9576 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
9577 only happen when there has been another error in the
9578 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
9579 by default in conf.h.
9580 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
9581 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
9582 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
9583 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
9584 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
9585 This output is not intended to be particularly human
9586 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
9587 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
9588 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
9589 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
9590 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
9591 See cf/README for an example.
9592 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
9593 sites that don't use the -d flag.
9594 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
9595 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
9596 has been requested by several people, but can break
9597 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
9598 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
9599 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
9600 broken. Use it sparingly.
9601 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
9602 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
9603 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
9604 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
9605 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
9606 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
9607 Bill Wisner of The Well.
9608 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
9609 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
9610 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
9612 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
9613 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
9614 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
9615 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
9616 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
9617 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
9618 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
9620 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
9621 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
9622 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
9623 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
9625 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
9626 Another mailertable fix....
9629 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.
projects / FreeBSD / FreeBSD.git / blob